Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Paper, Lumber & Forest Products / Holmen

Holmen

hlmny · OTC Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker hlmny
Exchange OTC
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Paper, Lumber & Forest Products
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Holmen
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Holmen in 90 seconds 

Operations

Strategy

Holmen’s business concept is to develop and run profitable business 

within three product-oriented business areas for printing paper, paper-

board and sawn timber as well as two raw-material-oriented business 

areas for forests and energy. Europe is the key market.
  The business area Holmen Paper manufactures printing paper for 
daily newspapers, magazines, directories/manuals, advertising matter 
and books at two Swedish mills and one Spanish mill. Iggesund 
Paperboard produces paperboard for consumer packaging and 
graphics printing at one Swedish and one UK mill. Holmen Timber 
produces sawn timber in one Swedish sawmill. Annual production 

capacity is 1 940 000 tonnes of printing paper, 530 000 tonnes of 

paperboard and 340 000 cubic metres of sawn timber.
  Holmen Skog manages the Group’s just over one million hectares 
of forests. The annual volume of wood harvested in company forests is 
some 2.5 million cubic metres. Holmen Energi is responsible for the 
Group’s hydro power assets and for developing the Group’s business 

U C T - ORIE

N

T

E

D

D

O

R

P

T E R I A L-ORIE

A

N

T

E

D

W- M

A
R

Printing
paper

Grow 
and
develop
our five 
business
areas

Forests
& wood

Electric
power &
energy

Quality, productivity 
and cost focus

Key market is Europe

Profitable operations and 
strong financial position 

Committed in leadership 
and skilled workforce 

Sustainable business 
activities

Share price

Paperboard

Sawn timber

Financial targets  

within the energy sector. Normal yearly production amounts to about 

Holmen’s profitability shall consistently exceed the market cost  

1 100 GWh of electricity at wholly and partly owned hydro power sta-

of capital. The company’s financial position shall be strong with a 

tions in Sweden. Holmen Skog and Holmen Energi are also responsi-

debt/equity ratio in the interval of 0.3–0.8. Decisions on dividends 

ble for the Group’s wood and electricity procurement in Sweden; these 

are based on an appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future invest-

are important input goods for the industrial operations.

ment plans and financial position.

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005

Profitability

SEKm 
Income statement
Net sales 
Operating costs 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Interest in associates 
Items affecting comparability 

Operating profit 
Net financial items 

Profit before tax 
Tax 

Profit for the year 

18 071  19 334  19 159  18 592  16 319
-15 175  -16 630  -15 548  -14 954  -13 205
-1 167
-1 337 
20
12 
-
557 

-1 346 
11 
- 

-1 320 
45 
- 

-1 343 
50 
-361 

1 620 
-255 

1 365 
-360 

1 006 

1 051 
-311 

740 
-98 

642 

2 843 
-261 

2 582 
-1 077 

2 303 
-247 

2 056 
-597 

1 967
-233

1 734
-478

1 505 

1 459 

1 256

Operating profit by business area
Holmen Paper 
Iggesund Paperboard 
Holmen Timber 
Holmen Skog 
Holmen Energi 
Group central 
Items affecting comparability 

340 
419 
21 
605 
414 
-178 
- 

280 
320 
13 
632 
327 
-159 
-361 

623 
599 
146 
702 
272 
-56 
557 

754 
752 
80 
643 
197 
-123 
- 

631
626
13
537
301
-141
-

Group 

1 620 

1 051 

2 843 

2 303 

1 967

Cash flow
Operating activities 
Investing activities 

Cash flow after investments 

Key indicators
Return, % 
    capital employed* 
    equity 
Debt/equity ratio, times 

The share
Earnings per share, SEK 
Ordinary dividend, SEK  
Closing listed price, B, SEK 
P/E ratio 
EV/EBIT* 

  * Excl. items affecting comparability
 ** Proposal of the Board

2 873 
-818 

2 054 

1 660 
-1 124 

2 476 
-1 315 

2 358 
-947 

2 471
-3 029

536 

1 161 

1 411 

-558

7.2 
6.4 
0.34 

12.0 
7** 
183 
15 
13 

6.1 
3.9 
0.48 

7.6 
9 
193.5 
25 
17 

10.0 
9.2 
0.35 

17.8 
12 
240 
13 
12 

10.0 
9.0 
0.36 

17.2 
12 
298 
17 
14 

9.0
8.0
0.41

14.8
11
262.5
18
15

%

15

10

5

0

SEK

375

325

275

225

175

125

05

06

07

08

09

Return on capital employed
Excl. items affecting comparability
Required return (before tax)

Share price and total return, Holmen B

05

06

07

08

09

Share price

Total return

Source: Reuters EcoWin

n Major shareholders 
L E Lundbergföretagen 
Kempe Foundations 
Handelsbanken incl. pension fund 
Silchester International Investors 
Alecta 
Other 

% of capital 
28.0 
7.0 
3.1 
10.9 
3.2 
47.8 

100.0 

26.8 

% of votes
52.0
16.9
9.1
3.2
0.9
17.9

100.0

8.0

Holmen AB (publ.) • P.O. Box 5407 • SE-114 84 STOCKOLM • SWEDEN 

Total* 

Tel +46 8 666 21 00 • Fax +46 8 666 21 30 • E-mail info@holmen.com • www.holmen.com 

* of which non-Swedish shareholders 

Corporate identity 556001-3301 • Registered office Stockholm

A
n
n
u
a

l

r
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
0
9

Annual report 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Addresses

Holmen AB 
Head office
(Strandvägen 1)
P.O. Box 5407
SE-114 84  STOCKHOLM
SWEDEN
Tel +46 8 666 21 00
Fax +46 8 666 21 30
E-mail info@holmen.com
www.holmen.com

Holmen Paper AB
(Vattengränden 2)
SE-601 88  NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 63 04

Iggesund Paperboard AB
SE-825 80  IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 288 00
E-mail info@iggesund.com

Holmen Timber AB
P.O. Box 45
SE-825 21  IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 203 80
E-mail info@holmentimber.com

Holmen Skog AB
(Hörneborgsvägen 6)
SE-891 80  ÖRNSKÖLDSVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 660 754 00
Fax +46 660 759 85
E-mail info@holmenskog.com

Iggesunds Bruk (Mill)
SE-825 80  IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 285 32
E-mail info@iggesund.com

Workington Mill
WORKINGTON Cumbria
CA14 1JX
UK
Tel +44 1900 601000
Fax +44 1900 605000
E-mail info@iggesund.com

Holmen Paper Hallsta 
SE-763 81  HALLSTAVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 175 260 00
Fax +46 175 264 01

Holmen Paper Braviken
SE-601 88  NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 66 30

Holmen Paper Madrid
Parque Industrial 
La Cantueña
C/del Papel 1
ES-28947 FUENLABRADA  
(Madrid)
SPAIN
Tel +34 91 642 0603
Fax +34 91 642 2470

Holmen Energi AB 
(Hörneborgsvägen 6)
SE-891 80  ÖRNSKÖLDSVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 660 754 00
Fax +46 660 755 10
E-mail info@holmenenergi.com

Iggesunds Sågverk (Sawmill)
P.O. Box 45
SE-825 21  IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 284 48
E-mail info@holmentimber.com

Bravikens Sågverk (Sawmill)
SE-601 88 NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 62 19
E-mail info@holmentimber.com

The complete list of addresses is  
available on Holmen’s website  
www.holmen.com

The cover of the annual report is printed on Iggesund Paperboard’s solid bleached board, Invercote® Creato 280 gsm.  
It is embossed and UV-varnished.

The annual report is produced by Holmen. 
Graphic production: Gylling Produktion
Layout: AD Reklambyrå and Energi Reklambyrå

Photos: Rolf Andersson and others
Print: Trosa Tryckeri
Translation: Translator Scandinavia AB

Contents

CEO’s message _____________ 1

Administration report    ______44

Annual General Meeting  ____86

The year in brief______________ 2

Income statement __________52

Information _________________ 87

Holmen in brief  ______________ 4

Business concept,  
strategy and goals ___________ 6

Statement of  
comprehensive income  ____52

Balance sheet  ______________53

Definitions and glossary _____88

Addresses

Holmen in 90 seconds

Holmen Paper ______________ 12

Changes in equity  __________54 

Iggesund Paperboard _______ 16

Cash flow statement    ______55

Holmen Timber _____________20

Parent company ____________56

Holmen Skog _______________22

Notes  ______________________58

Proposed treatment of  
unappropriated earnings ____84

Audit report _________________85

Holmen Energi ______________24

Production and  
raw  materials _______________26

The share and shareholders  28

Corporate governance  
report   _____________________ 3 1

Board of directors  __________36

Group management ________38

Quarterly figures ____________39

Ten-year review  ____________40

CEO’s message

C E O ’ s   mEs s a gE

Dear shareholder

The year 2009 is certain to go down in history. 
The unprecedented slump in the global economy 
had a tangible impact on Holmen’s business 
areas for printing paper and consumer paper-
board. A drop of more than 10 per cent in 
demand entailed considerable production cut-
backs, which put pressure on profits. However, 
higher prices, lower fibre costs and more favour-
able exchange rates helped to increase profits 
from printing paper and paperboard. Earnings 
per share were SEK 12.0, and although we are 
not satisfied with this figure, it is an improvement 
on the earnings per share of SEK 7.6 achieved in 
2008. Return on equity totalled 6 per cent.

Despite the improved profit, the Board pro-

poses lowering the dividend from SEK 9 to  
SEK 7 per share. The reason for this proposal is 
that we are facing less certainty with regards to 
profitability; printing paper prices are under 
intense pressure at the same time as we are 
implementing major investments, such as the 
new sawmill at Braviken. The Board is also 
adjusting the dividend target to better reflect 
our situation. The dividend is to be based on an 
appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future 
investment plans and the goal of having a 
strong financial position.

Printing paper

Newsprint deliveries to Europe fell by 14 per 
cent in 2009, corresponding to a decline of 
nearly 20 per cent in the past two years. We 
believe that printing paper – mainly newsprint 
– is entering a phase in which structurally 
intensified competition from new media will 

adversely affect growth. This means that Hol-
men Paper and the entire industry will need to 
modify their production structure. Holmen 
Paper is pursuing its plan to improve quality, 
realign operations to focus on more specialised 
niche products, shut down unprofitable pro-
duction, improve efficiency and cut costs. A 
comment about each mill can illustrate this. At 
Hallsta Paper Mill, a paper machine and a 
recovered paper line ceased production in 2008. 
A major workforce reduction was implemented, 
and production was reorganised to increase 

n  Facts 

Net sales, SEKm 
Operating profit, SEKm 
Operating profit excl. items 
affecting comparability, SEKm 
Profit for the year, SEKm 
Earnings per share, SEK 
Dividend per share, SEK 
Return on capital employed, %** 
Return on equity, % 
Debt/equity ratio, times 
Investments, SEKm 
Average number of employees 

2009 

2008

18 071 
1 620 

19 334
1 051

1 620 
1 006 
12.0 

7 * 

7.2 
6.4 
0.34 
818 
4 577 

1 412
642
7.6
9
6.1
3.9
0.48
1 124
4 829

*Proposal of the Board.    **Excl. items affecting comparability.

SEKm 

4 000
SEKm 

4 000

3 000

3 000

2 000

2 000

1 000

1 000

0

0

Operating profit
Operating profit

04

05

06

07

08

07

05

08

06

Operating profit
04
Return on capital employed
Operating profit
Return on equity
Return on capital employed
Return on equity

%

20
%

20

15

15

10

10

5

5

0

0

1 620 

7.2
1 620 
      6.4
7.2
      6.4

09

09

SEKm

20 000

15 000

10 000

5 000

0

Net sales and
operating margin 

18 071 

%

20

15

9.0

10

5

0

04

05

06

07

08

09

Net sales
Operating margin, %

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

1

C E O ’ s   m E s s a g E 

book paper manufacturing. In the stagnating 
market, Holmen has successfully increased vol-
umes in the MF Special niche, where several new 
products have been very well received by cus-
tomers. At Braviken Paper Mill, efficiency con-
tinues to improve through measures such as staff 
cuts affecting about 100 people. The new pulp 
line, launched in 2008, has resulted in dramatic 
energy savings per tonne. Holmen Paper Madrid 
is investing in a new combined gas and steam 
plant to lower electricity and steam costs – two 
major cost items. In Madrid, the smaller paper 
machine is also being adapted to produce coat-
ed magazine paper (LWC) rather than news-
print. Wargön Mill was closed in 2008; the 
shutdown proceeded as planned, and the paper 
machine was sold at the end of the year.

Consumer paperboard

The market for virgin fibre board was also 
weak in the first part of 2009 but improved 
during the autumn. At year-end, Iggesund 
Paperboard had a strong order book.

We have continued to refine our products. 
At Iggesund Mill, Invercote products were fur-
ther enhanced for various applications. Effi-
ciency improvements are also underway with 
the aim of lowering costs. Fossil carbon dioxide 
emissions were reduced by 65 per cent during 
the year, and more than 90 per cent of the mill’s 
internally generated electricity supply comes 
from biofuels. A new large-scale efficient treat-
ment plant with the latest technology is now 
operational.

Holmen shut down the oldest board machine 

at Workington Mill in December 2009 and 

upgraded the capacity of the remaining machine 
at the same time. These measures add to our 
competitive strength and move us towards a 
higher quality segment in the market. As a result 
of the restructuring process, the mill has an 
annual production capacity of 200 000 tonnes 
compared to its previous 250 000 tonnes. The 
workforce cutbacks affect about 100 people.

sawn timber

The recession also made its mark on the con-
sumption of sawn timber. However, a shortage 
of raw materials, low stock levels and produc-
tion cutbacks among many European suppliers 
resulted in a relatively favourable market and 
enabled Holmen Timber to increase its deliver-
ies compared to 2008. Thanks to the market 
situation, price rises were implemented during 
the second half of the year.

Production in the new sawmill at Braviken 
will start at the turn of 2010/2011, and we hope 
to see slightly stronger demand ahead. 

Forest

Demand was relatively low at the start of 2009 
but rose later in the year, as did wood prices. 
The threat of a substantial rise in Russian 
export duties subsided during the year, but the 
lower import levels appear to be a lasting devel-
opment.

Holmen Skog plays a key role in obtaining 
wood for our mills. During 2009, the organisa-
tion was reinforced to meet the need for saw 
logs for the new sawmill, and market activities 
will be stepped up even more during 2010.

The year in brief

n   Demand for Holmen’s products was weak during the year. Deliveries of news-
print and virgin fibre board to Europe declined by 14 per cent and 9 per cent 
respectively, compared to 2008. The consumption of sawn timber also  
decreased.

n   Harvesting in Holmen’s forests increased during the year. Holmen’s hydro 

power production was somewhat lower than in a normal year.

n   Operating profit, excluding items affecting comparability for 2008, rose  

from SEK 1 412 million to SEK 1 620 million. Higher prices for newsprint and  
paperboard account for the improvement. Weak demand entailed  
considerable production cutbacks, which had an adverse impact on earnings.

2

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

The ground-breaking ceremony for the new sawmill next to 
Braviken Paper mill on 11 august attracted a great deal of 
media attention and invited guests.

C E O ’ s   m E s s a g E 

Energy

Holmen Energi achieved very strong operating 
profit, mainly thanks to good prices. Activity 
levels are high at Holmen Energi. A new hydro 
power station in the Iggesundsån river replaced 
three old ones during the year. The first peat 
deliveries left Holmen’s new extraction sites 
during the autumn. Several wind power initia-
tives are also in progress. Our aim is to generate 
wind power corresponding to 1 TWh on our 
own forestland. The wind is being measured in 
several locations, and it is increasingly clear 
that we have many sites that may be suitable 
for the construction of wind farms. We are also 
one of the owners of the company VindIn AB, 
which inaugurated its first wind farm in 
autumn 2009.

The Holmen Biorefinery Development Cen-
tre is a new area of activity that will develop new 
products from forest raw material as well as 
from residual and bi-products from Holmen’s 
other operations. 

Holmen has joined forces with four compa-

nies in electricity-intensive industries to form 
Industrikraft i Sverige AB, which signed an 
agreement with Vattenfall in the autumn to pro-
ceed with projects to secure fossil-free baseload 
power for the future.

Outlook for 2010

It appears that 2010 will be another tough year 
for Holmen Paper. There are as yet no signs of an 
upturn in demand, and ongoing price negotia-
tions are expected to lead to lower prices for 
printing paper in Europe. Meanwhile, prices for 
recovered paper, a key raw material for us, have 

begun increasing. The market looks brighter for 
Iggesund Paperboard and Holmen Timber. 
Demand for timber is substantial and prices have 
climbed, which raises costs for Holmen Timber 
but creates potential for some improvement in 
Holmen Skog’s earnings from wood. For Holmen 
Energi 2010 may be another good year, because 
prices are largely hedged at favourable levels.

The largest currency exposure, to the euro, 
is hedged for 2010 and 2011, and the exchange 
rates will be slightly more favourable than the 
hedging contracts that applied for 2009.

The new sawmill at Braviken is one reason 

why investments are estimated to exceed  
SEK 1 500 million. An ongoing survey of addi-
tional energy-related investments may keep the 
level of investment high.

Holmen is evolving

We have entered a period during which we must 
recast part of our Group, by which I am refer-
ring to the printing paper operations at Holmen 
Paper. In our 400-year history, we have under-
gone major change on numerous occasions. This 
is in itself a strength in times of transformation, 
but the realignment and development work is 
not possible without the contribution of all 
employees. I would like to thank you and say 
that together we will successfully tackle the  
challenges that await us.

Stockholm, 19 February 2010

Magnus Hall
President and CEO 

n   The oldest board machine at Workington Mill was shut down at the end of  

December. Capacity was upgraded on the remaining machine at the same time. 
The resulting annual production capacity of the mill is 200 000 tonnes. The 
change entails reducing the workforce by up to 100 people.

n   Holmen is continuing to improve efficiency at Braviken Paper Mill as part of 
adapting the business area to the market. Redundancies affecting about  
100 people were announced in the autumn.

n   A new water treatment plant was completed at Iggesund Mill.

n   A new hydro power station in the river Iggesundsån replaced three old ones.
n   Holmen marked its 400th anniversary in a variety of ways, including the  

publication of a newspaper supplement in three languages, a seminar on  
future challenges for the industry and a book about Holmen’s history.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

3

On the actual anniversary, 18 september, the Life guards Dragoon 
Trumpet Corps and the mounted Royal guards gave a concert on 
the Holmen-torget square in Norrköping.

Nettoomsättning per marknad, %

10

26*

Sverige

Tyskland

18

4

4

Nettoomsättning per marknad, %

Frankrike

Övriga världen

Övriga Europa

Nederländerna

Italien

10
Spanien

26*

13

Storbritannien

■ Europa, 90
*Varav skog och kraft 16

Sverige

5

10

10

Tyskland

Storbritannien

Övriga världen

Övriga Europa

Nederländerna

Frankrike

Nettoomsättning per marknad, %

Italien

18

4
4

Medelantal anställda
H O L m E N   i N   B R i E F   
13
3 511
Sverige
5
Spanien
10
Sverige

Storbritannien 511

573

10

Nederländerna 112

■ Europa, 90
*Varav skog och kraft 16

31

Frankrike

Tyskland

Holmen in brief  

Estland

22

Spanien

10

26*

Medelantal anställda

18

Sverige  

Spanien  

4

4

3 511

573

13

Storbritannien  511

5

Nederländerna 112

10

10

Frankrike  

Estland  

31

22

Övriga Europa   45

Övriga världen   24

Övriga Europa  45
Storbritannien
Övriga världen 24
■ Europa, 90
Head office
*Varav skog och kraft 16
Production sites

Sheeting units

Sales, forest regions and 
purchasing company

Övriga världen

Övriga Europa

Nederländerna

Frankrike

Italien

Spanien

Sverige

Spanien

3 511

573

Storbritannien 511

Nederländerna 112

Frankrike

Estland

31

22

Övriga Europa  45

Övriga världen 24

Medelantal anställda

Huvudkontor

Produktionsorter

Arkning/distribution

Försäljning, skogsregioner 
och inköpsbolag

Holmen Paper

Iggesund Paperboard

Holmen Timber

Holmen Skog

Holmen Energi

Head office

Production sites

Sheeting units

Sales, forest regions and 

purchasing company

Holmen Paper

Iggesund Paperboard

Holmen Timber

Holmen Skog

Holmen Energi

Operations 
outside Europe

Australia

Japan

USA

Hong Kong

Singapore

USA

North Africa*

Middle East*

* Via Uni4 Marketing AB,
a sales company partly
owned by Holmen Timber 

Operations 
outside Europe

Australia

Japan

USA

Hong Kong

Singapore

USA

North Africa*

Middle East*

* Via Uni4 Marketing AB,
a sales company partly
owned by Holmen Timber 

Holmen Paper

Iggesund Paperboard

Holmen Timber

Holmen Skog

Holmen Energi

Verksamhet 
utanför Europa

Australien  

Japan

USA

Hongkong

Singapore

USA

Nordafrika*

Mellanöstern* 

* Via det av Holmen Timber 
delägda försäljningsbolaget 
Uni4 Marketing AB

among the largest in Europe 
Holmen has a total capacity to 
manufacture about 2.5 million tonnes 
of printing paper and paperboard each 
year. The company is Europe’s fifth 
largest manufacturer of printing paper, 
with production capacity of 1 940 000 
tonnes per year. With annual capacity 
for 530 000 tonnes of virgin fibre-based 
board, Holmen is the third largest 
producer in Europe. The company’s 
production capacity for sawn timber is 
340 000 cubic metres a year.

Holmen is a forest industry group that manu-
factures printing paper, paperboard and sawn 
timber and runs forestry and energy produc-
tion operations. The company’s extensive 
forest holdings and its high proportion of 
energy production are strategically important 
resources for its future growth.  

PRODUCTS. Holmen focuses on printing paper,  
paperboard, sawn timber, forestry and energy.  
Holmen Paper and Iggesund Paperboard together 
 account for 80 per cent of Holmen’s net sales.

OWN FOREST PROVIDES majority of wood raw  materials. 
Holmen’s manufacturing operations are based on 
renewable raw materials from sustainably managed 
forests. The Group owns around 1.3 million hectares  
of land, of which 1 million are used for  forestry. The 
company is about 60 per cent self-sufficient for  
its wood needs.

HYDRO POWER AND BIOENERGY. Holmen’s electricity  
needs are met through the Group’s wholly and partly 
owned hydro power and back pressure power as well  
as through purchased electricity. The company’s electric-
ity self-sufficiency is some 30 per cent. Biofuels cover  
a significant part of Holmen’s thermal energy needs.

MANUFACTURING IN THREE COUNTRIES. Holmen has  
four production facilities in Sweden and one each in 
the UK and Spain; some finishing takes place in the 
Netherlands and France. The Group runs its own sales 
companies in several European countries and around  
90 per cent of items produced are sold in Europe.  
Holmen has a subsidiary for wood purchasing  
in Estonia.

HOLMEN’S TWO CLASSES OF SHARES are listed on the 
Nasdaq OMX Nordic, Large Cap. 

Net sales
by market, %

Net sales
by business area, %               

Operating profit
by business area, %

Rest of the
world

Rest of 
Europe

France

The 
Netherlands
Italy 

Spain

17

4

4

5

12

23

Sweden*

8

12

Germany

15

UK  

Europe 88 %

*Of which forest and power 18 %

Total: SEK 18 071 million

4

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

Holmen
Skog

Holmen
Timber

2

15

3

Holmen
Energi

Holmen
Energi

23

19

Holmen
Paper

Iggesund
Paperboard

28

52

Holmen
Paper

Holmen
Skog

34

23

Iggesund
Paperboard

1

Holmen
Timber

Holmen

Energi

Holmen

Skog

Holmen

Timber

41

Total: SEK 18 071 million

Total: SEK 1 620 million

Total: SEK 26 929 million

Total: SEK 4 577 million

Total: SEK 4 577 million

Operating capital

by business area, %

11

Holmen

Paper

32

Employees  

by business area, %

Holmen

Skog

Holmen

Timber

10

3

Holmen Energi

0.2

The Netherlands

116

Average number of employees

by country/region

15

1

Iggesund

Paperboard

Iggesund

Paperboard

37

50

Holmen

Paper

514

596

UK

Spain

Rest of the

world

22

Rest of

Europe

102

Sweden

3 227

  
 
H O L m E N   i N   B R i E F  

   Raw-material-oriented  
business areas
Holmen skog

   Product-oriented  
business areas
Holmen Paper

  Products and markets

Products: White and  
coloured newsprint as  
well as paper for direct- 
ories, books and magazines. 
Customers: Daily newspa- 
pers, retailers, book and magazine publishers, 
directory and manual publishers and printers.
Mills: Hallsta Paper Mill, Braviken Paper Mill  
and Holmen Paper Madrid.
Production capacity/year: 1 940 000 tonnes.
Number of paper machines: 8.

iggesund Paperboard

Products: Solid  
bleached board and  
folding boxboard for  
consumer packaging and 
graphic design purposes. 
Customers: Converters of  
paperboard for packaging as  
well as printers and wholesalers. 
Mills: Iggesund Mill and Workington Mill.
Production capacity/year: 530 000 tonnes.
Number of board machines: 3*.

*  After the shutdown of BM1 at Workington Mill in 

December 2009.
Holmen Timber

Products: Pine sawn  
timber.
Customers:Joinery and furniture  
industries, manufacturers of  
solid flooring, planing mills  
and builders’ merchants.
Sawmill:  
Iggesund Sawmill.
Production capacity/year:  
340 000 cubic metres.
Holmen plans to start production at Braviken 
Sawmill, with an initial capacity of 550 000 
cubic metres, at year-end 2010/2011.

The paper is used for newspapers, maga-
zines, directories, direct advertising and 
books. Main market: Europe.

The board is used in packaging for 
consumer products and for graphics ap-
plications. Main market: Europe.

Sawn timber is used to make products 
such as window frames, flooring, doors and 
furniture. Main market: Scandinavia, the 
UK, North Africa and the Middle East.

Operations: Responsible for managing 
 Holmen’s forests, for wood supply to the 
Group’s Swedish units and for trade in wood.

Land holding: 1 264 000 hectares, of which 
1 032 000 hectares comprise productive 
forestland.

Volume of wood: 119 million forest cubic 
metres.

Holmen Energi

Operations: Responsible for the Group’s 
hydro power stations, coordination of its 
energy matters, and electricity supply to its 
Swedish units. 
Number of wholly and partly  
owned hydro power stations: 21.
Number of partly owned wind farms: 1. 
Production capacity/year 
(hydro power): 1 100 GWh.

The raw-material-oriented business areas Holmen Skog and Holmen Energi provide the product-oriented business areas Holmen Paper, Iggesund Paperboard and 
Holmen Timber with wood and electricity respectively. The overview shows how the products are made and how consumers come into contact with them.

Net sales

by business area, %               

Operating profit

by business area, %

Operating capital
by business area, %

12

23

Sweden*

Holmen

Skog

Holmen

Timber

2

15

3

Holmen

Energi

Holmen

Energi

23

19

Holmen

Paper

Iggesund

Paperboard

28

52

Holmen

Paper

Holmen

Skog

34

23

Iggesund

Paperboard

1

Holmen

Timber

Holmen
Energi

Holmen
Skog

Holmen
Timber

41

Net sales

by market, %

Rest of the

world

Rest of 

Europe

France

Netherlands

The 

Italy 

Spain

17

4

4

5

8

12

Germany

15

UK  

Europe 88 %

*Of which forest and power 18 %

Total: SEK 18 071 million

11

Holmen
Paper

32

Employees  
by business area, %

Holmen
Skog

Holmen
Timber

10

3

Holmen Energi
0.2

The Netherlands
116

Average number of employees
by country/region

514

596

UK

Spain

Rest of the
world
22

Rest of
Europe
102

Sweden

3 227

15

1

Iggesund
Paperboard

Iggesund
Paperboard

37

50

Holmen
Paper

Total: SEK 18 071 million

Total: SEK 1 620 million

Total: SEK 26 929 million

Total: SEK 4 577 million

Total: SEK 4 577 million

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

5

  
 
B u s iN Es s   C O N C E P T,   sT Ra T Eg y   aN D  gOaLs

Business concept,  
strategy and goals

Holmen’s business concept is to develop and run profitable business
within three product-oriented business areas for printing paper, paperboard
and sawn timber as well as two raw-material-oriented business areas for forest 
and energy. Europe is the key market.

Product-oriented business areas  

HOLMEN PAPER manufactures printing paper for 
daily newspapers, magazines, directories, man-
uals, direct advertising and books at two mills 
in Sweden and one in Spain. With its produc-
tion capacity of 1 940 000 tonnes of printing 
paper per year, Holmen Paper is the fifth largest 
producer in Europe. UPM and Stora Enso are 
the largest, with some 7 and 6 million tonnes 
respectively. In printing paper, Holmen Paper 
has a strong position amongst European daily 
newspaper publishers, who account for around 
two-thirds of its sales. Retailers, printers and 
book and directory/manual publishers are 
other key customer segments. Holmen Paper 
has a market share in Europe of just under 10 
per cent in standard newsprint, while its share 
of the market for improved newsprint, direc-
tory paper and book paper is above 30 per cent. 
Holmen Paper’s sales organisation is in Sweden 
and in sales companies on geographically 
important markets.

IGGESUND PAPERBOARD produces virgin-fibre-
based solid bleached board and folding box-
board for consumer packaging and graphics 
applications at one Swedish and one UK mill. 
With its capacity of 530 000 tonnes per year, 
Iggesund is the third largest manufacturer in 
this segment in Europe. Its main competitors 
are Stora Enso and M-real, with around 1 mil-
lion and 700 000 tonnes of virgin fibre board 
respectively. Iggesund’s largest customer group 
comprises converters who make consumer 
packaging, but wholesalers and printers who 
buy board for graphic design products are also 
key customers. Iggesund has a leading market 
position, mainly in solid bleached board in 
Europe. It is also a significant operator in fold-
ing boxboard. Iggesund has around 20 per cent 
of the market in Europe for virgin fibre board. 
Euro-pean sales are coordinated via a central 
sales office in the Netherlands, with sales and 
technical personnel in a number of European 
countries. Iggesund also has its own sales com-
panies in Hong Kong, Singapore and the USA.

6

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
Business concept,  

strategy and goals

B u s i n e s s   c o n c e p t,   s t r a t e g y   a n d   g o a l s

HOLMEN TIMBER is the Group’s third product-ori-
ented business area and it manufactures sawn 
timber at its Swedish sawmill. Holmen Timber is 
a relatively small operator in Europe and has a 
market share of less than one per cent for sawn 
timber. Holmen Timber mainly sells its products 
to customers in Scandinavia, the UK, North 
Africa and the Middle East. Sawn timber is sold 
directly to customers via Holmen Timber’s own 
sales companies in Sweden and the UK and via a 
jointly owned marketing company. Production 
at Holmen Timber’s new Braviken Sawmill is 
scheduled to start at the turn of 2010/2011. The 
new sawmill will produce construction timber 
for the construction industry. Scandinavia, the 
UK and the USA will be important markets.

raw-material-oriented
business areas

HOLMEN SKOG has responsibility for the Group’s 
forest assets. Holmen has forest holdings of one 
million hectares of productive forestland in 
Sweden and the volume of wood amounts to 
119 million forest cubic metres. Holmen is 
Sweden’s fourth largest forest owner, with 
around 4.5 per cent of the country’s productive 
forestland. The volume of wood grows by  
3.0 million cubic metres per year, and normally 
annual harvesting totals 2.5 million cubic 
metres. Half of the wood is sold as timber to 

Strategy

a few customer products made from Holmen’s paper, board and 
wood.

sawmills, around 40 per cent as pulpwood to 
the pulp and paper industry and about 10 per 
cent as biofuel for energy production. Holmen 
Skog is also responsible for supplying wood to 
the Group’s industrial operations in Sweden.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

7

Quality, productivity and cost focusKey market is EuropeProfitable operations and strong financial position Committed in leadership and skilled workforce Sustainable business activitiesGrow anddevelopour five businessareasSawn timberPaperboardPrintingpaperPRODUCT-ORIENTEDElectricpower &energyForests& woodRAW-MATERIAL-ORIENTEDB u s iN Es s   C O N C E P T,   sT Ra T Eg y   aN D  gOaLs

Research and 
 development (R&D)
Holmen runs its own R&D  
activities, as well as partici-
pating in external R&D at  
industry-wide level and in 
 association with universities 
and colleges. The main focus 
is on product development 
and enhancing process 
 efficiency, although forest 
growth and improving the 
 efficiency of forestry are also 
important focuses.  
External R&D is carried out 
with various partners, such as 
Swedish Innventia, MoRe  
Research, SweTree Technolo-
gies, the Royal Institute of 
Technology, Umeå University, 
Mid Sweden University, Karl-
stad University, the Swedish 
University of Agricultural Sci-
ences, Skogforsk in Sweden, 
the University of Manchester 
in the UK, and the Com-
plutense University of Madrid, 
Spain.

Self-sufficiency 
raw materials, %

Wood

Company forest

HOLMEN ENERGI has responsibility for the Group’s 
hydro power assets as well as for developing the 
Group’s energy operations. Hydro power pro-
duction during a normal year amounts to  
1.1 TWh, making Holmen the sixth largest  
electricity producer in Sweden. Holmen Energi is 
also responsible for supplying the Group’s Swe-
dish industrial operations with electricity.

Development

Holmen operates on large, well-established 
markets, namely its product markets for paper, 
paperboard and sawn timber, and its raw mate-
rials markets for wood and energy. The Group’s 
goal is to expand and to remain a strong suppli-
er with efficient production. Most of the 
growth is organic and takes place by improving 
products and increasing production volumes in 
existing product areas. Acquisitions have 
accounted for a smaller proportion of the com-
pany’s growth. The latest major acquisition was 
Holmen Paper Madrid in 2000. Development 
also entails reorganisation and the closure of 
unprofitable production – measures that have 
characterised Holmen Paper in recent financial 
years. Holmen has focused on developing more 
advanced grades of paper to reduce the produc-
tion of standard newsprint. Iggesund Paper-
board is adapting production to prioritise top-
quality paperboard. Sawn timber is continually 
enhanced in close cooperation with customers 
and specialised subcontractors. When comp-
leted, Braviken Sawmill will be an efficient and 

technologically advanced sawmill for construc-
tion timber. 

Holmen’s own wood and energy production 

will also be developed and grow. The silvicul-
ture measures taken are expected to result in 
gradual increases in annual wood production 
(harvesting) to achieve a rise of 20 per cent in 
40 years’ time. Good potential is also expected 
for increasing the growth rate in the Group’s 
forests by roughly 25 per cent in 30 years’ time 
by adopting new and improved silviculture 
methods, which will lead to higher harvesting 
levels in future. In energy operations, the com-
pany believes that there is real potential for 
developing new, profitable production of wind 
power and biofuel. The aim is to produce 1 TWh 
of electricity each year from wind power on 
Holmen’s land. In 2009, Holmen Energi 
opened a development centre in Iggesund 
focusing on biorefining and biofuels. 

Holmen must satisfy its customers’ high 
demands for the efficient printing, converting 
and sawing of products to make suitable end 
products with customer appeal. Holmen engag-
es in decentralised R&D in each business area 
to support business demands for product devel-
opment and efficient processes.

Productivity

The overall objective of the Group’s operations 
is to offer customers attractive products of high 
quality and good service in a cost effective way 
to maintain Holmen’s position as a competitive 

60

The production process

This highly simplified diagram illustrates the production 

means, passes along a web in the machine – firstly through 

process in a paper and board machine. In reality, the ma-

a wet section, then a press section and finally the paper/

chines differ quite significantly. The raw materials consist 

board is dried on the web, which at that stage runs between 

mainly of wood and/or recovered paper, electricity and 

numerous cylinders. It is finally rolled on reels and cut to the 

chemicals. The pulp, produced by chemical or mechanical 

reel or sheet sizes that the customers have ordered.

Electricity

Price hedges 
for the years 
2010–2015

52

33

Wholly and partly
owned hydro and
   back pressure 
         power

PULP

PRESS SECTION

PAPER/BOARD

RAW MATERIALS

WET SECTION

15

Not price
hedged

Massa

DRIER

Egen mekanisk
och kemisk massa-
produktion

8

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

95%

Returpapper

Retur

frakt

Egen insamling

och bolag

21%

55%

B u s i N E s s   C O N C E P T,   s T R a T E g y   a N D   g O a L s

supplier. Large-scale, efficient production facili-
ties and skilled employees yield high productiv-
ity and efficient use of input goods and capital. 
Effective interaction between marketing, prod-
uct development and production increases is 
essential to achieve successful long-term invest-
ments, economies of scale and development. 
Basic volumes of certain products are com-
bined with selective ventures involving 
improved or more advanced products for both 
existing and new categories of customers. 

Alongside efficient production processes, the 

cost of raw materials and transport has an 
important impact on competitiveness. The 
main raw materials in the processes for produc-
ing printing paper, paperboard and sawn tim-
ber are fibre, in the form of wood, recovered 
paper and pulp as well as energy in the form of 
electricity and heat. Holmen produces more 
than 90 per cent of the pulp and thermal energy 
that it requires at its own mills using a highly 
integrated production process. The procure-
ment of other raw materials is underpinned 
through backward integration along the pro-
duction chain by owning forests, hydro power 
plants and recovered paper procurement units. 
The Group’s Swedish facilities are around  
65 per cent self-sufficient in wood, while for the 
whole Group (including the UK mill) self- 
sufficiency is around 60 per cent. The Group 
produces more than 30 per cent of the electrici-
ty that it requires, while more than 70 per cent 
of thermal energy production is based on resi-
dual products from the Group’s production pro-
cesses. Moreover, the prices of around 55 per 
cent of the electricity supplies are hedged through 
long-term supply contracts. Significant volumes 
of recovered paper are purchased via wholly and 
partly owned paper collection companies.

Financial targets

PROFITABILITY. Holmen’s profitability target is a 
return that is consistently higher than the market 
cost of capital, and this target is used to govern 
the business. At Group level, the key ratio used 
to calculate profitability is Value Added; this is 
defined as operating profit/loss less the cost of 
capital and tax. It provides a simple and 
 sufficiently fair yardstick that is continuously 
followed up for the Group, business areas and 
production units. The Group’s profitability has 
exceeded the cost of capital over a long period  
of time, although not in 2008. 

Holmen’s business is capital intensive and 

much expansion is the result of investing in 
additional capacity and improved production. 
Investments are often combined with cost 
rationalisation measures. To assess the profita-
bility of investments, a model is used to calcu-
late the present value of cash flows; that is, esti-
mated future cash flows are discounted by the 
weighted cost of capital. 

Computing the cost of capital involves 
weighting the cost of borrowed capital and 
equity and multiplying the result by the capital 
invested in the business. The cost of equity is 
computed as interest plus a premium based on 
the level of risk for the operation, with capital 
invested in industrial operations being assigned 
a higher risk premium (5 per cent) than capital 
invested in forest and power assets (2 per cent). 
The Group’s weighted cost of capital for its 
operating activities is computed on the basis of 
short-term market interest rates and was near 
to 8 per cent (before tax) for industrial opera-
tions in 2009. The cost of capital used for eval-
uating investment projects is based on long-
term market interest rates and was about  
11 per cent (before tax) for industrial opera-
tions in 2009.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE. Holmen is to have a strong 
financial position that provides financial stabili-
ty and enables the company to make correct, 
long-term business decisions that are not solely 
dependent on the state of the economy and 
external financing possibilities. The target for the 
debt/equity ratio is the interval 0.3–0.8, and 
adjustment to this target is one aspect of 
 Holmen’s strategic planning. 

DIVIDEND. Decisions on ordinary dividends are 
based on a total appraisal of the Group’s profit-
ability, future investment plans and financial 
position. 
  The Board has proposed that the 2010 
Annual General Meeting (AGM) resolves in 
favour of lowering the dividend to SEK 7 per 
share, corresponding to 4 per cent of equity.
During the past decade, the ordinary dividend 
has averaged 5 per cent of equity. As a result, 
around 60 per cent of earnings per share have 
been paid out in ordinary dividends each year. 
In addition to ordinary dividends, Holmen paid 
extra dividends for the 1998, 2000 and 2003 
financial years.

In recent years, the AGM has authorised the 

Tonnes

800

600

400

200

0

%

20

15

10

5

0

times

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

SEK

20

15

10

5

0

Productivity
Production per employee and year

’000 m3

745

282
2.6

8

6

4

2

0

04

05

06

07

08

09

Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber

Profitability
Return on capital employed

7.2
6.5

04

05

06

07

08

09

Return on capital employed
Excl. items affecting comparability

Required return (before tax)

Capital structure
Debt/equity ratio

04

05

06

07

08

09

Dividend
per share

0.34

%

8

6

4

2

0

3.6

7

04

05

06

07

08

09
Proposal

Ordinary dividend
Ordinariy dividend as % of equity

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

9

B u s i N E s s   C O N C E P T,   s T R a T E g y   a N D   g O a L s

Board to buy back up to 10 per cent of all the 
shares in the company. During 2008, Holmen 
bought back 760 000 class B shares, correspond-
ing to around 0.9 per cent of the total number of 
shares on issue and around 0.3 per cent of the 
total number of votes. These share buy-backs 
were linked to the Group’s incentive scheme. 
There is no specific target for share buy-backs. 
Holmen has used them as a complement to divi-
dends as a means of adjusting the capital struc-
ture when conditions were deemed favourable. 
Share buy-backs took place in 2000 and 2008.

sustainability

Holmen’s development is to be based on a sus-
tainable approach to profitability and use of 
resources. The raw materials – wood and recov-
ered paper – and the products are recyclable and 
adapted to the ecocycle. 
  Holmen is taking measures to make efficient 
use of electricity and heat, to reduce emissions of 
fossil carbon dioxide and to increase energy self-
sufficiency. 
  The Group is a participant in the UN’s Glo-
bal Compact and thus supports international 
guidelines relating to human rights, social condi-
tions, the environment and labour rights. 
  Holmen’s measures to promote sustainable 
development are described in detail in the sepa-
rate sustainability report Holmen and its World. 
The report satisfies the conditions for Level A, 
the highest of the Global Reporting Initiative’s 
reporting levels.

FINANCIAL DEVELOPMENT. Healthy profitability 
and a strong financial position create good con-
ditions for development that is sustainable in 
the long term. Holmen has a distinct role to 
play in a sustainable society by being a success-
ful and profitable company that manufactures 
products from natural raw materials. 

This creates employment opportunities and 
makes it possible to buy input goods, pay taxes 
and pay a return to Holmen’s owners and fin-
anciers. Profitability is also a prerequisite for 
investments that allow the company to develop 
in line with gradual changes in market condi-
tions. In this way, Holmen’s financial targets 
support long-term and sustainable financial 
development.

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY. Holmen’s HR activities 
are governed by guidelines, laws and agree-

Holmen and its World 
describes Holmen’s activities 
towards sustainable develop-
ment. The sustainability re-
port aims to provide clear an-
swers to questions asked by 
the Group’s stakeholders 
about environmental and so-
cial responsibility and finan-
cial development. The 2009 
edition will be published in 
English and Swedish in 
March 2010 and can be or-
dered on the website. The 
Spanish version is expected 
to be ready in May. 

In 2009, as in previous years, 
Holmen was included in sev-
eral corporate indices for sus-
tainable development and so-
cial responsibility. Inclusion in 
such indices signifies that the 
company is deemed to act re-
sponsibly in financial, envi-
ronmental and social respon-
sibility issues. Holmen is, for 
instance, listed among Swed-
bank Robur’s Ethica and Ban-
co fund families, the FTSE-
4Good Index Series, Nasdaq 
OMX/GES Nordic Sustaina-
bility Index, OMX GES Sus-
tainability Sweden Index, 
Storebrand’s SRI Index and 
SIX STARS Sustainability 
 Index.

Global Reporting Initia-
tive (GRI) issues globally 
 accepted guidelines (G3)  
for sustainability reporting. 
 Holmen has adhered to these 
guidelines for several years, 
and the sustainability report 
for 2009 satisfies the highest 
reporting standard, Level A. 
This has also been verified by 
the audit firm KPMG.

1 0

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

Employees at Braviken Paper mill.

ments. The main emphasis is on skills supply, 
leadership and organisation. Holmen has set a 
number of targets for human capital, leader-
ship, performance reviews, the number of 
industrial accidents and the proportion of 
female managers. Our sustainability report 
Holmen and its World details these targets.

The results are followed up via key indica-
tors and Holmen Inblick, the employee survey. 
Employee surveys are carried out every other 
year and, as of 2009, at all of Holmen’s units. 
The results provide a foundation for strategic 
HR activities and local action plans. 

Holmen takes systematic action to identify 

and develop employees with the potential to 
advance to more qualified tasks. Holmen’s tar-
get is to fill at least 75 per cent of all manage-
ment vacancies in the Group through internal 
recruitment. Management training pro-
grammes have been expanded, in that all new 
managers now have a local mentor and under-
go an induction course. 

Each year significant resources are ear-

marked for skills development. All the business 
areas conduct numerous training programmes. 
The average Holmen employee receives around 
40 hours of training each year. 

Holmen is taking long-term measures to cre-
ate a stable basis for future recruitment, includ-
ing close cooperation with universities and col-
leges and offering summer jobs to young people. 
Holmen endeavours to help employees 
affected by company restructuring by offering 

B u s i N E s s   C O N C E P T,   s T R a T E g y   a N D   g O a L s

relocation, early retirement and financial sup-
port for training. 

Holmen takes joint action with the union 
organisations on issues concerning health, safe-
ty, equal opportunities, competence develop-
ment and reductions in the workforce. All poli-
cies are developed together with or have the 
support of union organisations.

ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY. Environmental 
aspects of Holmen’s business are regulated by 
laws and permits in each country. The organisa-
tion and management of the Group’s environ-
mental activities are based on the Group’s envi-
ronmental policy. The policy clarifies the 
importance of energy and climate issues to the 
business. The environmental impact of produc-
tion is within the limits laid down by environ-
mental authorities. 

The Group’s forests are managed with the 
long-term goal of increasing wood production, 
while also providing a habitat for the many 
species living there. A new silviculture pro-
gramme has been developed which is expected 
to be able to further boost growth in Holmen’s 
forests and create suitable conditions for natu-
rally occurring plants and animals to flourish in 
the forest habitat in the long term. The Group 
also has the goal of increasing its extraction of 
biofuels from the forests in response to the 
growing demand from biofuel-based energy 
production. 

Holmen’s industrial and forestry operations 
are certified in accordance with ISO 14001. The 
forestry operations are also certified in accord-
ance with the Forest Stewardship Council 
(FSC) and the Programme for the Endorsement 
of Forest Certification schemes (PEFC). 

Holmen takes a pro-active approach to meas-
ures that contribute to sustainable development 
and help to reduce the impact on climate. Hol-
men is affected by the rules in the Kyoto Proto-
col regarding trading in emission rights, because 
the Group’s facilities have been included in the 
system since 2005. Holmen supports improve-
ment of energy efficiency and expansion of car-
bon neutral energy sources, such as hydro 
power, wind power and nuclear power.

In Sweden and the UK, Holmen participates 

in voluntary energy-efficiency improvement 
programmes that offer energy-intensive indus-
tries an alternative to energy taxes. This focuses 
internal attention on energy issues and is 
expected to increase energy efficiency and 
reduce climate change. The energy management 
systems in place at the Group’s Swedish sites 
and at Workington Mill were introduced at 
Holmen Paper Madrid in 2009. 

Holmen actively identifies and implements 

energy saving measures. The Group’s energy 
and climate targets, described in more detail in 
the sustainability report Holmen and its World 
2009, are to make energy use more efficient and 
reduce the use of fossil fuels.

For each tree that Holmen harvests, the company plants three new ones.

%

20

15

10

5

0

40

30

20

10

0

%

8

6

4

2

0

Proportion of females

18.6

15.8

04

05

06

07

08

09

Managers in the Group
Employees in the Group

Industrial accidents
with sick leave, 
number per 1 000 employees

31.2

20.9

04

05

06

07

08

09

Swedish entities 
The Group

Sick leave

3.8
3.7

04

05

06

07

08

09

Swedish entities
The Group

Fossil carbon dioxide

kg/tonne
end product

200

150

100

50

0

109

60

04

05

06

07

08

09

Swedish entities
The Group

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

1 1

H o l m e n   P aPe r

Holmen Paper

Holmen Paper is the fifth largest printing paper manufacturer in Europe. Its  
share of the European market is 10 per cent for standard newsprint and more  
than 30 per cent for MF Magazine, book and directory paper.

operations in 2009

Global demand for printing paper was down 
during the year, and European demand for 
printing paper fell by about 15 per cent. Deliv-
eries of newsprint to Europe declined by 14 per 
cent compared to 2008. Combined with weak 
demand outside Europe, this resulted in low 

capacity utilisation at European producers. 
Despite this, little capacity was permanently 
shut down in the market, which put supply and 
demand out of balance. Demand for MF Maga-
zine in Europe was 20 per cent less in 2009 
than in 2008. SC paper declined by 9 per cent 
and coated  grades by 22 per cent. 

n  Facts 

2009 

2008

Net sales, SEKm 

9 303  10 443

Operating profit/loss, SEKm 

340 

-81

Operating profit excl. items 
affecting comparability, SEKm 

Investments, SEKm 

340 

287 

280

679 

Operating capital, SEKm 

8 789  10 237

Average number of employees 

2 301 

2 584

Share of sales in Europe, % 

84 

88

Deliveries, ’000 tonnes 

1 745 

2 044

SEKm

1 000
SEKm

1 000

750

750

500

500

250

250

0

0

1 2

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

Operating profit
Operating profit

340

340

04

05

06

07

08

09

%

10.0
%

10.0

7.5

7.5

5.0

5.0

3.5

3.5

2.5

2.5

0.0

0.0

SEKm

12 000

9 000

6 000

3 000

0

08

07

05

06

Operating profit
04
Return on operating capital
Operating profit
Excl. items affecting comparability
Return on operating capital
Excl. items affecting comparability

09

Net sales and
operating margin 

9 303

3.7

%

12

9

6

3

0

04

05

06

07

08

09

Net sales
Operating margin
Excl. items affecting comparability

Holmen Paper’s operations during the year 
concentrated on an extensive quality drive and 
product development, in parallel with cost cuts 
and efficiency improvements. At Hallsta Paper 
Mill, the workforce was reduced by about  
30 per cent after the closure of PM 2 and the 
pulp line for recovered paper in 2008. The 
workforce at Braviken Paper Mill will be 
reduced by about 100 people when a new 
organisation is introduced in spring 2010.  
At the paper mill in Madrid, work continues 
aimed at improving the efficiency of processes 
as well as cutting costs. 

Operating profit for 2009 was SEK 340 mil-

lion, compared to SEK 280 million for 2008 
(excluding items affecting comparability). The 
improvement was attributable to higher sales 
prices, but the weak market entailed extensive 
production cutbacks and increased sales out-
side Europe. Lower costs of wood and recov-
ered paper made a positive impact on profit, 
while energy costs rose.

market

Holmen Paper’s market strategy focuses on 
Europe and is to develop competitive products 
and business concepts in wood-containing 
printing paper for specific customer segments: 
daily newspaper publishers, retailers, printers, 
and book and directory/manual publishers. 
Holmen Paper’s share of the market for stand-
ard newsprint is around 10 per cent in Europe. 
For newsprint-related niche products, such as 
MF Magazine, book and directory paper, 
 Holmen Paper’s overall share of the European 
market is more than 30 per cent. The European 

market for wood-containing printing paper 
totalled more than 21 million tonnes in 2009, 
which is 4 million tonnes – or about 15 per cent 
– less than in 2008. 

NEWSPRINT. About 9 million tonnes of the Euro-
pean market for wood-containing printing 
paper consisted of newsprint. Paid-for daily 
newspapers account for the majority of con-
sumption. Free newspapers, which proved 
more susceptible to changes in the economy 
due to heavy dependence on advertising 
re venue, fell in 2009, to account for about  
5 per cent of consumption. 

Newsprint demand is increasingly affected 
by the widening range of electronic media and 
changing media habits of consumers and adver-
tisers.  Investments in radio, television and the 
internet are noticeable among traditional news-
paper publishers. 

Global demand for newsprint was down by 
15 per cent during the year. The largest declines 
occurred in North America and Europe, by 
around 26 and 14 per cent respectively. Growth 
was mainly evident in Asia. Holmen Paper’s 
newsprint deliveries decreased by 16 per cent, 
somewhat more than the average, due to the 
closure of capacity, reorganisation to focus on 
other products, and falling demand. 

Following price cuts in 2008, newsprint 
prices were increased in 2009. For 2010, the 
prices are falling again.

The market was weak throughout the year. 
Rising exports outside Europe partially offset 
weak European demand, although capacity uti-
lisation for west-European suppliers ended at 
84 per cent. 

H o l m e n   P aPe r

Successful TmP 
investment

Braviken’s new line for  
thermo-mechanical pulp 
(TMP) production was 
brought into operation in the 
latter part of 2008, following 
investments of about SEK 
500 million. One year on, the 
effects are clear. The energy 
savings, along with lower 
consumption of chemicals, 
correspond to more than 
SEK 90 million per year. 
Thanks to improved steam 
recycling, oil consumption 
has fallen dramatically, from 
25 000 to 14 000 cubic me-
tres per year.

The pulp produced is also 
stronger and has enhanced 
optical properties. Braviken 
has therefore been able to 
produce Holmen XLNT with a 
grammage of as low as 
36 grams, and has won mar-
ket shares from SC paper 
with a grammage of 45 
grams. 

The pulp production is con-
tinually studied and further 
developed, and there is po-
tential for additional improve-
ments to energy consump-
tion, productivity and pulp 
properties.

Products, %

End-products, %

Leading producers 2009
Printing paper, capacity in Europe

Coated

SC

6

9

Advertising print, 
magazines
and books

Daily press

41

52

MF Special

41

44

7

Standard newsprint

Directories/manuals

UPM

Stora Enso

Norske

Myllykoski

Holmen

 SCA

Burgo

’000 tonnes

0

2 000

4 000

6 000

8 000

Standard newsprint
SC

MF Special
Coated

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

1 3

H o l m e n   P aPe r

european printing 
paper market 2009 

lWc/MWc (coated  paper)  
6 million tonnes

Substantial market-
related production stop-
pages were implemented at 
all of Holmen Paper’s mills 
in 2009.

magazine titles are two positive driving forces. 
Holmen Paper has relatively small volumes in 
SC and coated paper, and deliveries of both fell 
by about 5 per cent in 2009 – without taking 
account of the closure of Wargön Mill.

Change and development 

Newsprint will continue to form the founda-
tion of Holmen Paper in future, but action has 
been taken for several years now to reduce 
exposure to this area and increase the focus on 
more advanced and selected products in the 
MF Special product area. Holmen Paper enjoys 
a strong position here with products such as 
Holmen Book and Holmen XLNT. 

Focused further development is ongoing and 

largely concentrates on projects for enhance-
ment of MF Special. 

Holmen Paper constantly cuts costs and 
improves efficiency to adapt to the changing 
market. 

A new organisation with 30 per cent fewer 

employees was introduced at Hallsta Paper 
Mill in 2009. In September, Holmen announced 
staff cuts affecting about 100 people at Braviken 
Paper Mill; this will also entail a new organi-
sation and noticeable profit impact in 2010. 

Variable costs are continually reviewed. As 
part of this, Holmen constantly improves the 
efficiency of its machinery and its consumption 
of input goods and energy. 

An in-house project to boost the quality of 
product characteristics, technical support and 
delivery precision was stepped up in 2009 and 
is making rapid progress.

MF SPEcIal.  This product 
area contains the product 
groups MF Magazine, 
book paper and telephone 
directory paper. Holmen 
Paper’s strength lies in the 
product group MF Maga-
zine, comprising products 
between standard news-
print and magazine paper 
(SC and LWC paper) on the 
quality scale. Holmen aims 
to offer alternatives to, in 
particular, SC paper that 
are cost effective and have 
potential for further devel-
opment. Holmen Paper’s 
deliveries of MF Magazine 
increased by 5 per cent, or 
20 000 tonnes, to 400 000 
tonnes. The general market trend for MF Maga-
zine in Europe in 2009 was a 20 per cent drop 
in demand. 

Book paper is a niche product that has 
become more important to Holmen Paper and 
is an area in which the company achieved posi-
tive results of product development during the 
year. Holmen’s deliveries rose by 23 per cent in 
2009. The European market for wood-contain-
ing book paper totals about 500 000 tonnes per 
year.

The market for telephone directory paper is 
dominated by a small number of strong buyers 
in each country. Demand was down by around 
20 per cent in 2009, as were Holmen Paper’s 
deliveries, and the long-term market trend is 
negative. Holmen Paper has a market share of 
about 35 per cent.

MaGaZINE P aPER. 2009 was also a gloomy year 
for magazine paper, that is, SC and coated 
paper. The European market fell by 17 per cent 
to 10 million tonnes. Magazine publishers, 
retailers and printers are the largest customer 
categories. Despite the drastic reduction in 
2009, there are real hopes of some recovery 
propelled by investments in advertising. 
Increases in addressed direct mail and new 

Sc paper
4 million tonnes

e
c
i
r
P

MF Special 2 million tonnes

Standard newsprint
9 million tonnes

lWC/mWC
Magazines
Journals
Weekly magazines
Product catalogues
Advertising print

SC paper
Journals
Weekly magazines
Product catalogues
Advertising print

mF Special
Advertising print
Supplements
Books
Telephone directories

Standard  
newsprint
Daily newspapers
Advertising print
Supplements

1 4

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
An example of product development: Holmen XLNT

H o l m e n   P aPe r
n oTe r

market
Holmen Paper’s marketing 
 department and technical customer 
service identify what the market 
 demands from printing paper. These 
are key channels for obtaining infor-
mation about customers’ needs and 
requirements for product develop-
ment. Customer surveys are also 
used for this purpose.

ProDUCT CoUnCIl
Holmen Paper’s product council 
identifies possible product 
develop ment based on the busi-
ness area’s strategic goals and 
identified  market needs deemed  
to have good future potential.
Holmen Paper has a high percentage of  
MF Special in its product portfolio. MF Special is one of 
Holmen Paper’s strategic strengths that are important to safe-
guard. SC paper, which Holmen Paper only manufactures on a small 
scale, is also a significant product for certain end users. SC paper is a more 
advanced product than MF Special. Holmen Paper therefore saw the 
 potential of developing MF Special, bringing it into a higher product  
class that is close to SC paper in terms of quality. The key question  
was: Is it possible to create a type of MF Special paper with the 
properties of SC paper?

DeCISIonS
Profitability analyses and 
 technical prerequisites form  
the basis of decisions. 
The preliminary study showed that the 
project had good prospects for success. 
The market clearly signalled that the concept 
was interesting, so Holmen decided to continue 
the project.

laUnCH
after testing, the new product  
is ready for its market launch.
Close cooperation with reference customers 
led to a breakthrough, which has made 
 Holmen Paper the market leader in this type 
of paper. The market is very positive about 
this MF Special product, which has been 
named Holmen XLNT.

Strategic goals
Holmen Paper’s product portfolio  
must follow the strategy set by the 
business area. Holmen Paper’s 
 strategy is to reduce exposure to 
standard newsprint, which accounts  
for more than half of production 
 volume, and increase exposure to 
products with higher value added,  
such as MF Special.

PrelImInary STUDy
a preliminary study is initiated to identify technical 

 possibilities and limitations as well as required 

investments. estimates are made to calculate 

the costs of the projects.
SC paper has a higher gloss than MF Special products.
The preliminary study investigated how to increase the 
gloss of MF Special paper. The paper pulp, filler and 
 calendering process were important parameters in the 
study. Discussions took place with various parties, in-
cluding machinery manufacturers and chemicals suppliers.

ProjeCT anD PIloT TeST

after a go-ahead decision, a project is started 
to develop the new product. Pilot testing 
is carried out. Qualification testing on key 
customers’ equipment is an important step 
prior to product launch.
Full-scale tests were performed to test the mixture of pa-
per pulp and filler when combined with various calender-
ing processes used to press the paper. Holmen carried out 

test printing on key customers’ equipment and then made 
certain requisite adjustments. Gradual development work led to 

step-by-step improvements.

FInal ProDUCT

  
I g g eS UnD  P aPe r b o a rD

Iggesund Paperboard

Iggesund Paperboard is the third largest manufacturer of virgin fibre board in 
Europe, with a market share of about 20 per cent. Iggesund Paperboard has  
a leading market position in solid bleached board in Europe, but is also  
a significant operator in folding boxboard.

operations in 2009

The virgin fibre board market was weak, par-
ticularly in the first half of 2009. The deteriora-
tion in market conditions was caused by the 
economic slowdown initiated by global finan-

cial unease with a slump in demand and subse-
quent destocking. Overall, the European mar-
ket for virgin-fibre-based board declined by  
9 per cent. Deliveries from Europe to non-
European markets declined by 14 per cent. 

n  Facts 

2009 

2008

Net sales, SEKm 

5 023 

4 860

Operating profit, SEKm 

Investments, SEKm 

419 

260 

320

327 

Operating capital, SEKm 

4 114 

4 254

Average number of employees 

1 669 

1 670

Share of sales in Europe, % 

Deliveries, ’000 tonnes 

85 

477 

89

494

SEKm

1 000
SEKm

1 000

750

750

500

500

250

250

0

0

Operating profit
Operating profit 

%

10.0
%

40

7.5

30

5.0

340
419

20

3.5

9.9

04

05

06

07

08

09

2.5

10

0.0

0

SEKm

6 000

4 500

3 000

1 500

0

04

06

07

05

Operating profit
Return on operating capital
Operating profit
Excl. items affecting comparability
Return on operating capital

09

08

Net sales and
operating margin 

%

20

15

5 023

10

8.3

5

0

04

05

06

07

08

09

Net sales
Operating margin

1 6

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

Capacity shutdowns prevented capacity utilisa-
tion among European producers from falling  
to the same extent as demand. Prices were 
increased during the year for both solid bleached 
board and folding boxboard. Iggesund Paper-
board increased prices for folding boxboard in 
the UK market in the autumn and announced 
price rises in the rest of Europe for 2010.

In the autumn, a decision was made to per-
manently shut down the oldest board machine 
at Workington Mill and to upgrade the remain-
ing board machine to obtain higher capacity 
and improved quality. The new annual capacity 
of the mill is 200 000 tonnes – a volume that is 
more appropriate for the market. The change 
entails personnel cutbacks affecting about  
100 people.

Operating profit for 2009 was SEK 419 mil-

lion (320). The improvement was thanks to 
higher prices largely due to currency move-
ments with a weaker pound (sterling) and 
Swedish krona but also from the price rises 
implemented in the second half of 2008. How-
ever, production cutbacks and increased manu-
facturing costs had a negative effect on earn-
ings. Provisions and impairment losses result-
ing from the shutdown of the board machine 
had a negative impact of SEK 75 million on 
profit during the year.

market 

2.6 million tonnes. For a few years, the annual 
market growth rate was higher than usual, 
around 5 per cent, but it declined in 2008 and 
2009, owing to the economic slowdown and 
financial unease. The largest European markets 
for solid bleached board and folding boxboard 
are Germany and the UK, with 23 per cent and 
14 per cent of consumption respectively. Several 
European markets are decreasing, with eastern 
Europe showing a somewhat more marked 
decline. In recent years Asia has overtaken 
North America as the largest market for virgin 
fibre board. Iggesund Paperboard’s share of the 
European virgin fibre board market is about  
20 per cent, and the company is the clear mar-
ket leader in Europe in the solid bleached board 
segment. 

Iggesund Paperboard concentrates its sales 
on two product segments: packaging board – 
including tobacco board as an important sub-
segment – and paperboard for graphics appli-
cations. The main customer categories are con-
verters, who make packaging, and wholesalers 
and printers, who buy paperboard for use in 
graphics printing.

Iggesund Paperboard’s Invercote and Incada 
brands lead the European paperboard market. 
Invercote solid bleached board (produced at 
Iggesund Mill) is the number-one brand, and 
Incada folding boxboard (produced at Work-
ington Mill) is ranked second.

Global consumption of paperboard amounts  
to roughly 32 million tonnes per year. The Euro-
pean market for the grades produced by Igge-
sund – virgin-fibre-based solid bleached board 
and folding boxboard – is approximately  

PacKaGING BOaRD. The type of virgin-fibre-
based board manufactured by Iggesund Paper-
board has a variety of uses, including packag-
ing for confectionery, pharmaceuticals, cosmet-
ics and perfume. The trend in private consump-

I g g eS UnD  P aPe r b o a rD

lower consumption  
of fossil fuels  

Long-term environmental work 
has been conducted for dec-
ades at Iggesund Mill. The aim 
is to become self-sufficient in 
electricity and independent of 
fossil fuels. The energy supply 
is based on heat from the mill’s 
own processes, and electricity, 
of which nearly half is produced 
at the mill. 

In 2009, carbon dioxide emis-
sions from fossil fuels at Igge-
sund Mill fell by 65 per cent, 
through energy savings and in-
vestments of about SEK 100 
million in greater capacity for 
use of biofuels. The decrease 
corresponds to emissions from 
17 500 cars each driven 15 000 
km per year. 

Even before these measures 
were taken, nearly 90 per cent 
of the mill’s internally generated 
electricity supply came from
biofuel; this proportion is now 
rising to 95 per cent and means 
that manufacture of Invercote 
produces virtually no fossil car-
bon dioxide emissions. 

Iggesund Mill has a surplus of 
thermal energy that runs the 
mill’s production process, dries 
sawn timber  in Holmen  
Timber’s sawmill and heats 
more than 1 000 homes nearby.

Products, % 

End-products, %

Leading producers 2009
Virgin fibre board, capacity in Europe

Folding
boxboard

Graphics

Consumer packaging

21

79

43

57

Solid bleached
board

Stora Enso

M-real

Holmen

Careo

International
Paper

Mayr-Melnhof

’000 tonnes

0

400

800

1 200

Solid bleached board (SBB)
Folding boxboard (FBB)

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

1 7

I g g eS UnD  P aPe r b o a rD

european paperboard 
market 2009        

tion, which declined in 2009 from a global per-
spective, is one factor that has a major impact 

on demand for packaging; as a result, 

demand for board used for this purpose 

Sbb 
550 000 
tonnes

Fbb 2 000 000 tonnes

fell during the year. 

Manufacturing operations in Europe 
continue to migrate eastwards,  part-
ly due to rising private consump-
tion there and partly because 

eastern Europe has been trans-
formed, from being a net 

SUb 450 000 tonnes and  
lPb 1 900 000 tonnes

WlC 3 400 000 tonnes

importer of quality pack-
aging, to a net exporter. 
The largest customer 
segment for packag-
ing board com-

Price

prises converters. 
The demands 
made on packag-
ing, and thus also on packaging materials, are 
constantly growing. Convenience, quality 
requirements and the need for brand-name pro-
filing are giving rise to customised functions in 
packaging solutions. The appearance of pack-
ages in stores is becoming an increasingly 
important factor that affects the choice of 
material and design. In the chocolate and con-
fectionery segment, Iggesund Paperboard ben-
efits from the stringent demands for packaging 
to be neutral in terms of odour and taste. 
Tobacco packaging is the largest sub- 
segment in packaging board. The market for 
tobacco packaging is stable and is characterised 
by a small number of large international cus-
tomers who demand outstanding quality and 
service. Customers’ search for new design solu-
tions and the need to minimise initial costs in 
product launches have benefitted Iggesund 
Paperboard as a supplier. Invercote was former-
ly the main brand supplied to the tobacco 
industry, but Incada is now also used to pack-
age tobacco products. With its two grades of 
paperboard, teamed with the finishing options 
created by the company’s lamination facilities 
in Strömsbruk, Iggesund Paperboard offers the 
market’s broadest product portfolio suited to 
the needs of the tobacco industry. Geographi-
cally, the printing and conversion of cigarette 
packaging are still migrating eastwards.

GRaPHIcS BOaRD.  The graphics market uses 
paperboard for covers of publications, cards 
and advertising materials. The large number of 
end customers in the market for graphics board 

SBB:  Solid bleached board
FBB:  Folding boxboard
SUB:  Solid unbleached board
LPB:  Liquid packaging board
WLC:   White lined chipboard 
(recovered/de-inked  
fibre board)

Sbb
Prestigious products
Graphics products
Confectionery
Cigarettes

Fbb
Confectionery
Pharmaceuticals
Cigarettes
Frozen goods
Skin care and  
sanitary articles

SUb, lPb
Beverages
Dairy products
Dried goods

WlC
Dried goods
Household products

1 8

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

means that the greater part of volume is sold 
through a wide network of wholesalers. The 
latter have been under intense financial pres-
sure for several years, which has led to a grad-
ual increase in consolidation of these players. 

High and uniform quality fuels wholesalers’ 
interest in Invercote and Incada. The properties 
of these paperboards make them very versatile. 
They are particularly in demand for graphics 
applications thanks to their good colour repro-
duction.

The graphics printing market, with its 
dependence on marketing activity, is the area 
that has been most adversely affected by the 
weak global economy.

Development

Productivity at Iggesund Paperboard’s facilities 
has increased. Marketing has intensified and 
the product mix has gradually been modified to 
match trends in market demand. Improvements 
have been achieved through several major 
rebuilding projects and a series of smaller 
investments to enhance efficiency, as well as an 
extensive product development programme.
The new version of Invercote is a result of 
rebuilding board machine 2 at Iggesund Mill in 
the autumn of 2007, which was successfully 
brought on-line in autumn 2008. The new tech-
nology platform is the starting point for addi-
tional development towards better and more 
consistent quality. Intensive development is in 
progress to further refine the printing surface 
and improve mechanical properties. This aims 
to increase scope for new and more advanced 
designs for customers’ packaging, using less 
material, yet maintaining the same protective 
properties. 

Iggesund Paperboard has a tradition of con-
tinously developing Invercote and Incada. As of 
2008, Invercote is available in a coated version 
with a biologically degradable surface which is 
compostable. This makes it suitable for food 
packaging and beverage cartons, and sales of 
the paperboard picked up in 2009.

In recent years, product support with related 

service has developed into an increasingly 
important part of Iggesund Paperboard’s offer-
ing. This is designed to meet customers’ 
demands for shorter lead times and to enable 
customers to improve their return through the 
assistance of Iggesund Paperboard’s organisa-
tion for market-based technical service.

 
An example of product development: the new Invercote

I g g eS UnD  P aPe r b o a rD

Strategic goals
Iggesund Paperboard aims to offer  
performance products which
 justify a higher market 
price than bulk goods. This is  
why Iggesund Paperboard must  
be at the forefront of the technical  
development of paperboard.

PrelImInary STUDy
a preliminary study is initiated to identify technical pos-
sibilities and limitations as well as required investments.
The study includes quantification of market trends and 

estimated shifts in demand. estimates are pre-
pared to calculate the costs of the projects.
The core of the study was to be able to recreate all of 
 Invercote’s properties, despite the fundamental structur-
al change, while leaving scope for future development. 
Customers’ requests were key factors in the study. The 
development work took place at the Paperboard Devel-
opment Centre in Iggesund. The experience and know-
how built up over a long time enabled us to examine the 
 results of various pulp mixtures and recipes for coatings and 

pigments. 

ProjeCT anD PIloT TeST

after completion of the rebuilding project, work 

starts on developing the new product and 
pilot tests are carried out. Test printing on 
key customers’ equipment and evaluation 
with these customers are important steps 
prior to product launch.
Firstly, the old Invercote was recreated, but with a new 
structure. In parallel a new version of Invercote was devel-
oped with modified properties and new whiteness. Some of 
the tests were performed on Iggesund’s own pilot coating equip-

ment. To verify the quality of the properties, the new Invercote was tested 
extensively among customers and end users.

FInal ProDUCT

market
Iggesund Paperboard’s sales team  
and market technicians identify what  
the market demands from paperboard. 
This information often has a bearing on 
product properties and the customer’s 
production economics and is  
conveyed to the mills by teams of  
market representatives and  
product managers.

ProDUCT CoUnCIl
Iggesund Paperboard’s product 
council identifies potential for 
product development based on 
strategic goals, market require-
ments and technical possibilities.
To create opportunities for further develop-
ment of Invercote, Iggesund Paperboard saw a 
need to catapult production technology 20 years 
into the future. This innovation was considered possible by creating 
a type of paperboard made of three layers instead of the existing five 
– without lowering performance. It was also important that the new 
product’s properties were at least as good as those of the older 
 established grade of Invercote board.

DeCISIonS
Profitability analyses and techni-
cal prerequisites form the basis 
of decisions.
The preliminary study led to a project 
plan, which included rebuilding work on 
one of the two board machines at Iggesund 
Mill. Holmen decided to invest SEK 400 million 
in the rebuilding of board machine 2. 

laUnCH
after completing test printing and 
obtaining feedback from key cus-
tomers, the product is ready for its 
market launch.
The new Invercote is not simply as good as 
the previous generation of the product. The 
new version is whiter, more uniform in struc-
ture and has better colour reproduction proper-
ties. In conjunction with the launch, new customer 
materials and a new website for paperboard  users were introduced. 
The company also organised major customer events, attracting partici-
pants from all over the world, to provide information about the new 
product.

 
 
H o l m e n   TIm b e r

Holmen Timber

Holmen Timber produces pine sawn timber at Iggesund Sawmill. The new Braviken 
Sawmill for spruce construction timber is being built, and production is scheduled 
to start at the turn of 2010/2011.

operations in 2009

The market for sawn timber was weak in the 
early part of 2009 but gradually grew stronger 
due to short supply. The prices of sawn timber 
rose as of spring 2009, following the sharp 
drop from peak prices in mid-2007. 

Holmen Timber’s deliveries rose by 18 per 

cent, to 313 000 cubic metres, as a result of 
higher production at the sawmill in Iggesund.
Building of Holmen Timber’s new sawmill 
at Braviken Paper Mill near Norrköping start-
ed in August. The majority of the equipment 
and construction contract have been procured, 
and ground work has started. 

n  Facts 

Net sales, SEKm 

Operating profit, SEKm 

Investments, SEKm 

Operating capital, SEKm 

Average number of employees 

Share of sales in Europe, % 

Deliveries, ’000 m3 

2009 

2008

553 

21 

110 

396 

114 

57 

313  

499

13

19 

366

110

59

266

SEKm

200
SEKm

200

150

150

100

100

50

50

0

0

Operating profit
Operating profit

21

21

04

05

06

07

08

09

%

80
%

80

60

60

40

40

20

20

6.2

6.2

0

0

SEKm

800

600

400

200

0

08

05

06

07

Operating profit
04
Return on operating capital
Operating profit
Excl. items affecting comparability
Return on operating capital
Excl. items affecting comparability

09

Net sales and
operating margin 

%

40

30

20

10

0

 553

3.8  

04

05

06

07

08

09

Net sales
Operating margin
Excl. items affecting comparability

2 0

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

capacity, production can be increased to  
750 000 cubic metres in future. Production is 
scheduled to start at the turn of 2010/2011, 
and the customer base will consist of builders’ 
suppliers, planing mills and manufacturers of 
buildings and roof trusses. Construction using 
wood on a large scale is increasing in Europe 
and worldwide. The main markets for products 
from Braviken Sawmill will be Scandinavia and 
the UK, although products will also be sold 
elsewhere in Europe and in the USA.

The combination of Holmen Paper’s exist-
ing paper mill at Braviken and the new sawmill 
will result in significant synergies, not only 
through wood sourcing but also because the 
sawmill can utilise the infrastructure already in 
place at the site. It will also open the door to 
efficient energy solutions, as the Group will 
gain access to substantial supplies of biofuels 
from the sawmill and forest fuels in connection 
with harvesting. Excess heat from the paper 
mill can also be used in drying the sawn spruce.

IGGESUND SAWMILL. Since 2002, production at 
Iggesund Sawmill has risen by more than 50 
per cent, to 291 000 cubic metres in 2009. This 
growth is thanks to optimal utilisation of dry-
ing capacity and various investments, mainly in 
a new grading unit and a new log infeed. 

VALUE-ADDED PRODUCTS. Holmen Timber is 
working on technical sales and product renewal 
to increase sales of value-added products. These 
products are classed as industrial wood and 
account for around a third of total volume. The 
product area for finger joint window compo-
nents continued to advance during the year. The 
new production facilities at Braviken will make 
Holmen Timber a one-stop supplier of con-
struction and joinery timber, reinforcing the 
business area and providing synergies in logis-
tics and sales.

Recruitment of personnel began during the 
year; the total number of employees is estimat-
ed at about 110.

Operating profit amounted to SEK 21 mil-

lion (13). Higher deliveries and lower raw 
materials costs had a positive impact, although 
the average price level was lower.

market

The consumption of sawn timber in Europe in 
2009 amounted to just over 80 million cubic 
metres, a decline from the preceding year. Sup-
ply was down more than demand, as a result of 
high prices for and a shortage of raw materials, 
sawmills’ difficulties in finding customers for 
wood chips, and capacity cuts. As a result, 
export prices – which fell in 2008 and early 
2009 – rose during the second half of 2009. 

The Swedish sawmill industry was not hit as 

hard by the recession as its counterparts were 
in other parts of Europe, such as Finland and 
the Baltic countries. Although global consump-
tion decreased, export volumes from Sweden 
rose in 2009, as a result of a better competitive 
position thanks to the weaker Swedish krona 
and the good supply of wood raw materials. 
At present the European market is charac-
terised by low consumption and low stocks at 
producers, importers and end customers. In the 
longer term, consumption growth is expected 
to continue as the economy recovers. 

Holmen Timber’s share of the sawn timber 
market in Europe is less than one per cent, and 
the market is fragmented with numerous small 
operators. Iggesund Sawmill saws pine, and its 
customers are primarily in the joinery industry, 
including manufacturers of window frames, 
solid wooden floors and edge-glued panels, as 
well as planing mills. The main markets are 
Scandinavia, the UK, North Africa and the 
Middle East. North Africa and the Middle East 
were formerly supplementary markets but have 
grown to be significant. Sales to these markets 
take place via the sales company Uni4 Market-
ing, which is partly owned by Holmen Timber.

Development

BRAVIKEN SAWMILL. The plan is that the  
new sawmill, which will be the largest in 
 Scan dinavia, will have capacity to produce   
550 000 cubic metres of spruce construction 
timber a year. By investing in greater drying 

H o l m e n   T i m b e r

breaking the ground  
for braviken Sawmill

Capacity target:  
750 000 cubic metres.
Product: Construction timber.
raw material required: 1.5 
million cubic metres of spruce 
saw timber.
main market: Europe.
employees: About 110 people. 
Area: 40 hectares.
Start of production: Year-end 
2010/2011.

more construction 
using wood

In recent years, two thirds of 
Sweden’s 290 municipalities 
have started major construc-
tion projects using wood for 
everything from blocks of flats 
and public buildings, such as 
sports halls, to entire town dis-
tricts. Nearly 120 wooden 
bridges are built each year, 
mainly for pedestrians and cy-
clists but also some for motor 
vehicles. However, the biggest 
increase is in use of wood for 
extensions and additions, 
where extra storeys are built 
onto residential properties. 
Modern wood construction is 
climate smart and competes 
with conventional techniques 
with its rational methods, short 
delivery times and better ener-
gy and climate solutions.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

2 1

 
H o l m e n   S k o g 

Holmen Skog 

Holmen Skog manages the Group’s forests, which cover more than one million 
 hectares of productive forestland in Sweden. The wood volume amounts to 119 million 
forest cubic metres, making Holmen Sweden’s fourth largest forest owner.

operations in 2009

The Swedish forest industry’s demand for wood 
fell dramatically at the end of 2008, and the 
ongoing very low demand defined the first quar-
ter of 2009. Later in the spring, the situation 
improved for the sawmills with a renewed 
increase in the need for saw timber. This led to a 

timber shortage during the autumn, because the 
supply of wood did not rise at the same rate.

The situation for pulp and paper manufac-
turers gradually improved during the second 
half of 2009, and demand for pulpwood 
returned to normal levels. Stocks were relative-
ly low at year-end. 

n  Facts 

Operating profit, SEKm 

Investments, SEKm 

2009 

2008

605 

69 

632

21

Operating capital, SEKm 

11 384  11 415

Average number of employees 

446 

413

Harvesting in company forests,  
million m3  

2.9 

2.6

Productive forestland,  
’000 hectares 

1 032 

1 033

Wood volume, million m3 

119 

118

SEKm

800

600

400

200

0

Operating profit

Harvesting

605

5.3

%

12

9

6

3

0

’000 m3

4 000

3 000

2 000

1 000

0

2 897

04

05

06

07

08

09

Operating profit
Return on operating capital
Excl. items affecting comparability

04

05

06

07

08

09

Harvesting in company forests

2 2

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

The access to forest fuel – mainly branches, 

treetops and bark – generally remained good 
throughout Sweden. Buyers were well supplied 
in the second half of the year. 

The prices of pulpwood and timber fell at 

the start of the year. Pulpwood prices then 
remained virtually unchanged, while timber 
prices rose during the second half of the year as 
a result of strong demand.

The prices of imported wood have varied 
over time in the same way as prices in Sweden. 
Exports of roundwood from Sweden were mar-
ginal.  

Holmen Skog’s operating profit reached 
SEK 605 million (632). The deterioration was 
due to lower wood prices.

market

The Swedish forest industry consumes about  
75 million cubic metres (m3sub – solid volume 
under bark) of wood per year. Most of the wood 
comes from forests in Sweden. Of the wood har-
vested in Sweden, saw timber accounts for 
about 50 per cent, pulpwood about 40 per cent 
and forest fuels roughly 10 per cent.

Competition for Swedish wood as a raw 
material is increasing, partly because of rising 
demand for biofuels used at thermal power 
 stations.

Wood supply

The Holmen Group’s Swedish facilities con-
sumed 4.1 million cubic metres of wood in 
2009 (4.4 million in 2008). 

Holmen Skog obtained 9.9 million (10.4) 

cubic metres of wood, of which 5.6 million 
(5.7) was sold to external customers.

The Group harvested 2.9 million cubic 

metres (2.6) in its own forests.

Most of Holmen’s forests are located in 
northern Sweden where the Group does not 
have any industrial sites. Formerly, wood from 
these forests was largely sold to local buyers. 
Through logistical and swap arrangements, 
 Holmen is using more of this wood than previ-
ously in its own facilities, making it possible to 
reduce the proportion of expensive imported 
wood. 

Braviken Sawmill, currently under construc-

tion, will use around 1.5 million cubic metres 
of spruce saw timber once it has reached full 
capacity. In preparation for this, Holmen Skog 

has widened the area from which it obtains 
wood for the Norrköping region and rein-
forced its organisation.

Development

INcREaSED HaRVESTING OPTIONS.  A significant 
proportion of the growth in Holmen’s forests 
takes place in young forests that are not ready 
for harvesting, so Holmen only harvests slightly 
more than 80 per cent of annual growth. As 
these young forests age, the extraction of wood 
can be increased to the same level as growth.
The effects of the new silviculture pro-
gramme, first introduced in 2006, are also not-
able. It is estimated that the programme has the 
potential to raise the growth rate in the Group’s 
forests by about 25 per cent in 30 years’ time. 
This also means that Holmen will be able to 
increase harvesting by the same amount in 
future. 

The most important measures in the pro-

gramme are greater use of lodgepole pine, 
forestland fertilisation, better seedlings and use 
of spruce and pine seeds from seed orchards 
where seed has been selected from trees with 
exceptionally good properties.

NaTURE cONSERVaTION METHODS. Holmen is 
working with researchers at the Swedish 
 University of Agricultural Sciences to develop 
methods of nature conservation in forests. Vari-
ous ways of helping to increase the biological 
values of forestland are being tested as part of 
this collaboration.

GREaTER TRaNSPORT EFFIcIENcY.  Holmen 
expects to be able to reduce its energy con-
sumption in harvesting and transport of wood 
by approximately 15 per cent in the next few 
years. This is to be achieved through various 
measures, including investment in harwarders – 
a combined machine that uses less fuel than tra-
ditional forwarders and harvesters. To reduce 
the number of transports,  a project is being run 
in which trucks are being modified to accom-
modate an extra stack of timber on the trailer.

MORE FOREST FUEl. Holmen Skog is helping to 
develop technology for harvesting forest fuel in 
response to the growing demand for this fuel. 
Holmen has also reinforced its own organisa-
tion for extraction of and obtaining energy 
assortment.

H o l m e n   S k o g 

Holmen’s 
forest holdings

Holmen production facilities 

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

2 3

 
 
 
H o l m e n   en e r gI

Holmen Energi

Holmen Energi is responsible for the Group’s energy assets and energy supply.  
Normal yearly hydro power production amounts to about 1 100 GWh of electricity 
and con tributes to Holmen being one-third self-sufficient in electricity.

operations in 2009 

Holmen Energi’s hydro power production 
amounted to 1 090 GWh (1 128) during the 
year, which was 2 per cent lower than during a 
normal year. Operating profit amounted to  
SEK 414 million (327), and the improvement 

mainly stemmed from higher prices. During  
the year, construction of the new hydro power 
station on the Iggesundsån river was com-
pleted. The new power station replaces three 
old ones and has been in operation since 
November 2009.

n  Facts 

Operating profit, SEKm 

Investments, SEKm 

2009 

2008

414 

88 

327

76

Operating capital, SEKm 

3 207 

3 006

Average number of employees 

10 

10

Company-generated  
hydro power, GWh 

1 090 

1 128

SEKm

500

375

250

125

0

Operating profit

Production

%

16

414

13.3

12

8

4

0

GWh

1 600

1 200

800

400

0

1 090

04

05

06

07

08

09

Operating profit
Return on operating capital

04

05

06

07

08

09

Company-generated hydro power

2 4

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

market

A total of 134 TWh of electricity was generated 
in Sweden during the year, 66 TWh of which 
came from hydro power. The hydrological bal-
ance, that is, the quantity of water stored in the 
Nordic countryside, was somewhat lower at 
year-end 2009 than at year-end 2008. The spot 
price fluctuated during the year, from  
SEK 350/MWh in May, to SEK 500/MWh in 
December. The average spot price in Sweden  
for 2009 was SEK 393/MWh.

energy supply

Holmen Energi is in charge of supplying 
 Holmen’s Swedish mills with electricity. The 
Group’s total consumption amounted to  
4 680 GWh in 2009 (5 156) – mostly used by 
its Swedish paper mills. Holmen’s own produc-
tion, at its 21 wholly and partly owned hydro 
power stations and back pressure power pro-
duction at the company’s large mills, corre-
sponds to more than 30 per cent of the Group’s 
electricity consumption in Sweden; the remain-
der is purchased. 

The Group’s exposure to fluctuations in 
electricity prices is limited through long-term, 
fixed-price supply agreements, complemented 
with financial price hedges (see page 64). The 
company’s own electricity production is priced 
at market prices and reduces the Group’s need 
to buy electricity externally.

Development

New sources of eNergy. Holmen Energi also 
has responsibility for energy development in a 
broader sense. As part of this mandate, in 2009 
Holmen set up a unit for competence and 
development in biorefining and biofuels for 
vehicles and other applications: the Holmen 
Biorefinery Development Centre. It has three 
employees and is located in Iggesund. 

Wind power and peat harvesting are other 

key development areas, as is investigation of 
possible pellets production. The aim is to pro-
duce 1 TWh of electricity from wind power in 
future. Unlike existing wind power stations, 
which are often located in coastal or mountain-
ous areas, the sites that Holmen Energi is explor-
ing are situated in forested areas on Holmen’s 
own land. Forestry operations within wind 
farms will continue more or less as normal. 

In 2009, wind power studies were conduct-

ed on Holmen’s land in the area around 
 Örnsköldsvik and near the mill in Hallstavik. 
The measuring activities are expected to be 
completed in the spring of 2010. With the help 
of a partner, preliminary wind power studies 
were conducted on Holmen’s land in the prov-
ince of Östergötland. 

eNergy cooPerATIoN. In association with a 
number of electricity-intensive companies, 
 Holmen runs a company called BasEl i Sverige 
AB, whose purpose is to improve basic industries’ 
access to electricity at competitive prices. In 2006 
some of these companies, including Holmen, set 
up VindIn AB, a company that aims to develop, 
construct and operate wind power stations in 
Scandinavia. VindIn’s goal is to generate 1 TWh 
of electricity from wind power stations each year. 
The first wind farm is located at Skutskär and has 
been in use since October 2009. Further invest-
ments via VindIn are being investigated.

In collaboration with four other BasEl com-
panies, Holmen has founded a company called 
Industrikraft i Sverige AB to enable construc-
tion of its own nuclear power facilities. To this 
end, a letter of intent was signed with the 
power utility Vattenfall during the autumn to 
proceed with projects to secure future baseload 
power that does not use fossil fuels. 

PeAT hArvesTINg. During the autumn, the first 
deliveries of peat were made from Holmen’s 
site at Stormyran, north of Örnsköldsvik. Peat 
consists of plant material that, owing to a lack 
of oxygen, has only partly decomposed into 
moss and marsh. The incomplete breakdown 
means that much of the energy content of the 
biological material is retained, enabling peat to 
be used as fuel. Peat harvesting provides a way 
of utilising several of the value-creating 
resources that the Group has at its disposal. 
Stormyran’s annual future production is esti-
mated at 70 GWh. 

eNergy sAvINgs. Responsibility for improving 
energy efficiency is decentralised to the mills 
but coordinated centrally. The new thermo-
mechanical pulp (TMP) line at Braviken, 
launched at the end of 2008, has already led  
to significant energy savings. At Iggesund Mill, 
investments have considerably reduced oil 
 consumption, and bioenergy now accounts for  
95 per cent of the mill’s internally generated 
electricity supply.

H o l m e n   e n e r g i

Faxälven

Umeälven

Gideälven

Iggesundsån

Ljusnan

Motala Ström

Hydro power stations

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

2 5

P r oD U C T Io n   a nD  r a W  m a Te rIa lS

Production and raw materials

Holmen manufactures its printing paper, paperboard and sawn timber products in 
Sweden, the UK and Spain. The Group’s forest holdings and wholly and partly owned 
hydro power stations are located in Sweden. The figures shown here relate to 2009.

Self-sufficiency – energy and fibre

About 60 per cent of the wood required 
an nually by the Group is harvested in the 
 company’s forests. 
  The Group’s self-sufficiency in electricity is 
just over 30 per cent, including the power gen-
erated at the major mills. More than 70 per 
cent of the thermal energy used in applications 
such as the drying processes when making 

paper and paperboard as well as sawn wood is 
based on residual products from the company’s 
production processes. At Hallsta Paper Mill, 
virgin fibre is the only raw material used in pro-
duction, while Braviken Mill uses both virgin 
fibre and recovered paper. Production at 
 Holmen Paper Madrid is based solely on re -
covered paper. 
  The paperboard mills only use virgin fibre.

n  Hallsta Paper mill

n  braviken Paper mill

n  Holmen Paper madrid

Holmen Paper
raw material: Sprucewood.
Process: TMP and groundwood pulp.
Products: Newsprint, MF Magazine, SC paper and 
book paper.
Production capacity: 680 000 tonnes/year.
average no. of employees: 783.

Holmen Paper
raw material: Sprucewood, recovered paper.
Process: TMP and DIP.
Products: Newsprint, coloured newsprint,  
directory paper and MF Magazine.
Production capacity: 790 000 tonnes/year.
average no. of employees: 652.

Holmen Paper
raw material: Recovered paper.
Process: DIP.
Products: Newsprint, MF Magazine and LWC  
Recycled.
Production capacity: 470 000 tonnes/year.
average no. of employees: 38.

2 6

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

P r oD U C T Io n   a nD  r a W  m a Te rIa lS

Internal supply 
of raw materials   

Harvesting in company forests 

Timber, ’000 m3 sub 
Pulpwood, ’000 m3 sub 

Hydro power production, GWh 

  Holmen  Holmen 
energi

Skog 

group 

1 406 
1 491 
1 090 

1 406 
1 491 
- 

-
-
1 090

Production, ’000 tonnes 

group  Hallsta  braviken  madrid  Wargön 

  Iggesund  

  Iggesund 
mill  Workington  Sawmill

Newsprint, standard 
MF Special 
SC paper 
Coated printing paper 
Paperboard 
Market pulp 
Sawn timber, ’000 m3 

Consumption  
of important input goods*

Wood, ’000 m3 sub 
Recycled fibre, ’000 tonnes 
Market pulp, ’000 tonnes 
Chemicals, fillers and  
pigment, ’000 tonnes 
Electric energy, GWh 
Thermal energy, GWh 

823 
679 
137 
75 
471 
48 
291 

4 480 
813 
128 

320 
4 296 
884 

62 
433 
137 
- 
- 
- 
- 

1 265 
- 
41 

92 
1 849 
- 

479 
229 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

1 024 
340 
2 

57 
1 589 
- 

282 
17 
- 
75 
- 
- 
- 

- 
473 
- 

50 
246 
360 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
11 
13 

- 
- 
- 
- 
254 
48 
- 

1 378 
- 
- 

72 
256 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
217 
- 
- 

400 
- 
85 

49 
326 
511 

-
-
-
-
-
-
291

656
-
-

0
19
-

*  Purchased from outside the production unit. Energy calculated in Madrid’s case takes account of 50 per cent interest in the 
Cogeneración unit for the production of electricity and thermal energy. The Group’s consumption of wood is computed net, 
taking account of internal deliveries of chips from Iggesund Sawmill to Iggesund Mill.

energy balance, gWh 

electric energy

Consumption at mills 
Production at mills* 
Company-generated hydro power 
Net 

Thermal energy 

Consumption at mills 
Production at mills from 
   recovered liquors, bark and wood residues 
   purchased fossil fuels* 
   recovered in the TMP process 
External deliveries 
Net 

-4 680
384
1 090
-3 206

-5 634

2 916
1 097
1 093
115
-413

*  Incl. Holmen’s 50 per cent interest in Cogeneración, Spain

Fibre balance 

Wood, ’000 m3 sub 

Consumption in Sweden 
Consumption in the UK 
Harvesting in company forests 
Net 

recovered paper, ’000 tonnes 

Consumption in Sweden 
Consumption in Spain 

Pulp, ’000 tonnes

Consumption at mills 
Production at mills 
External deliveries 
Net 

-4 080
-400
2 897
-1 583

-340
-473

-2 134
2 006
48
-80

Sensitivity analysis of 
raw materials
Wood, recovered paper, en-
ergy and chemicals account 
for Holmen’s principal pro-
duction costs. 

Cost trends are mainly 
determined by trends in the 
prices of input goods and 
how well the Group increas-
es production efficiency. 

A one percentage point 

change in raw materials 
costs is estimated to have 
the following impact on con-
solidated operating profit:

raw material  
costs 

Wood, net 
Recovered paper 
Pulp 
Electric energy, net 
Other energy 
Chemicals 

Sekm
Impact on  
the result

9
8
1
11
4
14

A one percentage point re-
duction in the cost of wood 
would thus raise operating 
profit by roughly SEK 9 mil-
lion, after taking account of 
the company’s own wood 
production. 

This estimate does not 
consider existing electricity 
price hedges. 

For a more detailed sensi-
tivity analysis, see the admin-
istration report on page 47.

n  Iggesund mill

n  Workington mill

n  Iggesund Sawmill

Iggesund Paperboard
raw material: Softwood and hardwood pulpwood.
Process: Sulphate pulp. 
Products: Solid bleached board, plastic coated. 
 paperboard and sulphate pulp.
Production capacity: 330 000 tonnes/year (Paperboard).
average no. of employees: 935.

Iggesund Paperboard
raw material: Sprucewood and purchased 
sulphate pulp.
Process: RMP.
Product: Folding boxboard. 
Production capacity: 200 000 tonnes/year.
average no. of employees: 483.

Holmen Timber
raw material: Pine saw logs.
Process: Sawmilling.
Products: Redwood sawn timber.
Production capacity: 340 000 m3/year.
average no. of employees: 99.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

2 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T He  S Ha r e  a nD   S Ha r eHo lDe rS

The share and shareholders

Holmen was listed on the Stockholm Stock Exchange in 1936, but was called   
Mo och Domsjö AB at that time. The class A and B shares are listed on Nasdaq 
OMX Nordic, Large Cap, Stockholm.

Stock exchange trading

Holmen’s two series of shares are listed on Nas-
daq OMX Nordic, Large Cap. During the year, 
the price of Holmen’s class B shares fell by  
SEK 10.5 (5 per cent), to SEK 183. During the 
same period the Stockholm stock exchange 
rose by 50 per cent. Holmen’s market capitali-
sation of SEK 15 billion (16) represents some 
0.4 per cent of the Stockholm stock exchange’s 
total value. Holmen’s class B shares reached their 
highest closing price for the year, SEK 205.5,  
on 28 August and the lowest closing price,  
SEK 135, was recorded on 1 April. The daily 
average number of class B shares traded was 
361 000, which corresponds to a value of  

SEK 65 million. The daily average number of 
class A shares traded was 400. Some 90 per cent 
of the trade took place on Nasdaq OMX Nor-
dic. For the past year or two, the Holmen share 
has also been traded on other trading platforms 
besides the Nasdaq OMX Nordic exchange, 
such as BATS, Burgundy, Chi-X and Turquoise.

return

During the past decade, the Holmen share has 
yielded a total return, including reinvested divi-
dends, of around 3 per cent per year. During 
that same period, the Affärsvärlden General 
Index returned 2 per cent per year.  

SEK

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

Share price performance for
Holmen class A and B and General index

No of
shares 
(000s)

30 000

25 000

20 000

15 000

10 000

5 000

0

05

06

07

08

09

 Holmen class A

 Holmen class B

 Affärsvärlden General index

Number of class B shares traded (000s)

2 8

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

Total return of Holmen class B and General index
Incl. reinvested dividends, no tax taken into account

Index
225

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

i

n
W
o
c
E
s
r
e
t
u
e
R

:
e
c
r
u
o
S

i

c
d
r
o
N
X
M
O
q
a
d
s
a
N
d
n
a

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

 Holmen class B

 General index (SIX Return Index)

 
 
 
 
 
T He  S Ha r e  a nD   S Ha r eHo lDe rS

Share structure 
Share 

A 
B 
Total number of shares 
Holding of own B shares bought back 

Votes 

10 
1 

no. of  
  shares 

no. of   Quota  
value 
 votes 

22 623 234 
62 132 928 
84 756 162 
-760 000 

226 232 340 
62 132 928 
288 365 268 
-760 000 

50 
50 

Sekm

1 131.2
3 106.6
4 237.8

Total number of shares outstanding 

83 996 162 

287 605 268 

Issued call options b shares 

758 300 

Changes in share capital  
2000–2009 
2001 Withdrawal of shares bought back 

Change in  
no. of shares 

Total no.   Change in share  
of shares 

Total share 
capital, Sekm  capital, Sekm

-8 885 827  79 972 451 

2004 Conversion and subscription 

4 783 711  84 756 162 

Shareholder structure at 31 December 2009 
L E Lundbergföretagen 
Kempe Foundations 
Handelsbanken incl. pension fund 
Silchester International Investors 
Alecta 
Swedbank Robur funds 
Second Swedish National Pension fund 
SHB funds 
Lannebo funds 
SEB funds 
Other 

-444.3 

239.2 

3 998.6

4 237.8

% of capital 

% of votes

28.0 
7.0 
3.1 
10.9 
3.2 
1.7 
1.2 
1.1 
1.1 
1.1 
41.6 

52.0
16.9
9.1
3.2
0.9
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
16.1

Total* 

100.0 

100.0

* of which non-Swedish shareholders  
The ten identified shareholders with the largest holdings ranked by the number of votes they control. 
Some large shareholders may have their holdings registered under nominee names, in which case they are 
included among “Other”. 

26.8 

8.0

earnings per share (ePS)

Diluted earnings per share equalled SEK 12.0 
(7.6). Holmen’s diluted earnings per share aver-
aged SEK 13.9 over the past five years.

Dividend

The Board proposes that the AGM, to be held 
on 24 March 2010, resolves to lower the divi-
dend to SEK 7 (9) per share. The proposed divi-
dend corresponds to 4 per cent of equity. The 
proposal to reduce the dividend is due to the 
lower profitability in the industry, chiefly for 
paper products. The Group is also implement-
ing investments, such as building a new saw-
mill. Decisions on dividends are based on an 
appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future 
investment plans and financial position.

n 

 The final date for trading in Holmen shares 
including right to dividend: 24 March 2010

n 

 Record date for dividend: 29 March 2010

n 

 Payment date for dividend: 1 April 2010

Share structure

Holmen has 83 996 162 shares outstanding, of 
which 22 623 234 are class A shares and  
61 372 928 are class B shares. Each class A 
share carries ten votes, and each B share one 
vote. In other respects, the shares carry the 
same rights.

ownership structure

Holmen had a total of 30 425 shareholders at 
year-end 2009. In absolute numbers, Swedish 
private individuals made up the largest category 
of owners: 27 497 shareholders. This corre-
sponds to 90 per cent of the total number of 

n  ownership structure

Shareholder categories 
Percentage of capital

Shareholders per country 
Percentage of capital

no. of shares 

1  –  1 000  
1 001  – 100 000 

 100 001  – 

Total 

no. of   Percentage 
of shares

shareholders 

27 988 
2 356 
81 

30 425 

7
18
75

100

Foreign shareholders

 Swedish institutions

Luxembourg

27

51

Norway

USA

UK

Sweden

1

2

4

6

14

73

Other countries

Swedish 
equity funds

6

16

Swedish 
private individuals

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

2 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T H E   S H A R E   A N D   S H A R E H O L D E R S

the company’s shares. Shares were bought back 
in 2008 to secure the company’s commitments 
under the terms of the incentive scheme (see 
below). In total, 760 000 of the company’s class 
B shares were repurchased, corresponding to 
some 0.9 per cent of the total number of shares 
on issue and to some 0.3 per cent of the total 
number of votes. The Board proposes that the 
2010 AGM also authorises the Board to buy 
back and transfer up to 10 per cent of all shares 
in the company.

Incentive scheme

In 2008, the Group’s employees were invited to 
acquire call options on class B shares in Holmen 
at market price.  As a result, 1 492 of the Group’s 
approximately 4 800 employees bought a total 
of 758 300 call options at a price of SEK 20 per 
option; their exercise price is SEK 224.50 per 
share. Each option entitles the holder to pur-
chase one share during the exercise period in 
May/June 2013. Holmen has secured its com-
mitments in the scheme by buying back shares.

Analysts

Analysts at 15 brokerage firms and banks 
moni tor Holmen’s development. This means 
that they publish reports containing analyses  
of Holmen on an ongoing basis. A list of these 
analysts is available on Holmen’s website.

About 350 shareholders, represent-
ing 87 per cent of the votes, attend-
ed Holmen’s 2009 AGM.

shareholders. L E Lundbergföretagen AB is the 
largest shareholder, with 52 per cent of the votes. 
Shareholders registered in Sweden own 73 per 
cent (72) of the share capital. Among foreign 
shareholders, the largest proportion of shares are 
held in the UK and the USA, accounting for 14 
per cent and 6 per cent of the capital, respectively.

Share buy-back 

The 2009 Annual General Meeting renewed the 
Board’s mandate to acquire up to 10 per cent of 

Data per share 

Diluted earnings per share, SEK 1) 
Dividend, ordinary, SEK 
Dividend, extra, SEK 
Ordinary dividend as % of: 
    Equity 
    Closing listed price 
    Profit for the year 
Return, equity, % 1) 
Return, capital employed, % 6) 
Equity per share, SEK 
Closing listed price, B, SEK 
Average listed price, B, SEK 
Highest listed price, B, SEK 
Lowest listed price, B, SEK 
Total closing market capitalisation, SEK ’000 million 
P/E-ratio 2) 
EV/EBIT 3) 6) 
Closing beta value (48 months), B 4) 
Number of shareholders at year-end 

2009 

12.0 

2008 

7.6 

2007 

17.8 

7  5) 
- 

9   
- 

12     
- 

2006 

2005 

2004 

2003 

2002 

2001 

2000

17.2 
12 
- 

14.8 
11 
- 

15.1 
10 
- 

17.5 
10 
30 

23.6 
11 
- 

26.4 
10 
- 

44.7
9
60

4 
4 
58 
6 
7 
196 
183 
180 
205.5 
135 
15.4 
15 
13 
0.7 

4
3
20
24
15
213
280
241
320
191.5
22.7
6
10
0.8
30 425  29 745  30 499  32 189  33 320  36 899  30 902  28 544  27 279  26 355

5 
5 
118 
4 
6 
186 
193.5 
203 
242 
169.5 
16.2 
25 
17 
0.5 

5 
4 
55 
10 
12 
192 
255.5 
230 
271 
187.5 
20.4 
14 
10 
0.7 

6 
5 
45 
14 
16 
188 
211.5 
231 
266.5 
192 
16.9 
9 
8 
0.6 

6 
4 
70 
9 
10 
196 
298 
302 
335.5 
255 
25.3 
17 
14 
1.0 

6 
4 
37 
16 
18 
176 
238.5 
226 
297.5 
171 
19 
9 
7 
0.7 

6 
4 
74 
8 
9 
189 
262.5 
227 
266 
190 
22.6 
18 
15 
0.7 

6 
5 
67 
9 
10 
200 
240 
277 
316 
228 
20.6 
13 
12 
0.9 

6 
4 
66 
8 
10 
184 
230 
228 
264 
210 
19.5 
15 
12 
0.6 

1) See page 88: Definitions and glossary. 2) Closing listed price divided by earnings per share. 3) Closing market capitalisation plus financial net debt (EV) divided by operat-
ing profit (EBIT). 4) Measures the sensitivity of the yield on the B share in relation to the yield on the Affärsvärlden General Index over a period of 48 months. 5) Proposal of 
the Board. 6) Excl. items affecting comparability and divested activities.

3 0

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance report

C o rPo r a Te   goVe r n a nCe   rePo r T

Holmen AB is a Swedish public limited company, listed on the Stockholm Stock Exchange 
(Nasdaq OMX Nordic) since 1936. The stock exchange incorporated the Swedish Code of 
Corporate Governance (the Code) into its rules for listed companies in 2005. This corpo-
rate governance report complies with the rules of the Code and the directions for its appli-
cation. The corporate governance report has not been examined by the company’s auditor.

Swedish Code of Corporate 
governance

The Code’s rules from 2005 were revised in 
2008 and cover general meetings of sharehold-
ers, appointment of the Board and auditors, 
other aspects of the Board, company manage-
ment and information on corporate governance. 
The Code is part of self-regulation in Swe-
dish business and is based on the “comply or 
explain” principle. This means that a company 
complying with the Code may deviate from 
individual rules but must report the reasons for 
each deviation.

laws and articles of association

First, Holmen AB is obliged to comply with the 
Swedish Companies Act, the rules accompany-
ing its listing on Nasdaq OMX Nordic, Stock-
holm, and good stock market practice. The 
Code is an integral part of the stock exchange’s 
regulations. Holmen shall also comply with the 
company’s articles of association.

Shareholders

At year-end, Holmen AB had 30 425 sharehold-
ers. See pages 28–30 for information on the 
share, ownership structure and other details.

general meetings of shareholders

The notice convening the Annual General Meet-
ing (AGM) is sent no earlier than six and no later 
than four weeks before the meeting. The notice 
contains information about registering intention 
to attend and entitlement to participate in and 
vote at the meeting, a numbered agenda of the 
items to be addressed, information on the pro-
posed dividend and the basic content of other 
proposals. Shareholders or proxies are entitled 
to vote for the full number of shares owned or 
represented and can notify the company of their 
intention to attend the AGM via the company’s 
website and other means. 

Notices convening an Extraordinary Gener-
al Meeting (EGM) called to deal with the com-
pany’s articles of association shall be sent no 
earlier than six and no later than four weeks 
before the meeting. Notices convening other 
EGMs shall be sent no earlier than six and no 
later than two weeks before the meeting. 

Proposals for submission to the meeting 
should be addressed to the Board and submit-
ted in good time before the notice is distributed. 
Information about the rights of shareholders to 
have matters discussed at the meeting is provid-
ed on the website.

The 2009 AGM was held in Swedish, and the 

material presented was in Swedish. The notice 

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

3 1

C o r P o r a T e   g o V e r n a n C e   r e P o r T             

Composition of the nomination committee

representing

2009

2010

company

major 
shareholders

before agm:

Independent of the:

name

Per Welin

L E Lundbergföretagen*

x (Chairman)

Mats Guldbrand

L E Lundbergföretagen*

x (Chairman)

Alice Kempe

Kempe Foundations*

Fredrik Lundberg

Håkan Sandberg

L E Lundbergföretagen*  
(Board Chaiman)

Handelsbanken incl.  
pension fund*

x

x

x

x

x

x

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

Yes

*  At 31 August 2009, L E Lundbergföretagen controlled 52.0 per cent of the votes, the Kempe Foundations 

controlled 16.9 per cent and Handelsbanken including the pension fund controlled 9.1 per cent.

convening the meeting, the agenda, the CEO’s 
speech and the minutes are available on the web-
site. The entire Board, the Group management 
and the company’s auditor were present. At the 
meeting, shareholders had the opportunity to 
ask and receive answers to questions on issues 
such as Holmen’s environmental work, the pro-
posed dividend, the plans to take part in possible 
future nuclear power expansion, market trends 
in 2009, Holmen Paper’s efficiency improvement 
programme and the new Braviken Sawmill. 
Ossian Ekdahl from Första AP-fonden and Åsa 
Nisell from Swedbank Robur Fonder checked 
and approved the minutes of the meeting. It was 
not possible to follow or participate in the meet-
ing from other locations using communication 
technology. No such possibility is planned for 
the 2010 meeting  either. 

It was announced on 11 May 2009 that the 
2010 AGM would take place in Stockholm on 
24 March 2010.

Shareholders’ 
 general meeting

Shareholders

nomination 
 committee

board of 
Directors*

remuneration com-
mittee

Ceo

Five group  
staff units

group  
management

Five business areas

*  The audit committee comprises all Board members except for members 

 employed in the company.

s
r
o
t
i
d
u
a

3 2

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

nomination committee

The AGM decided to set up a nomination com-
mittee to consist of the chairman of the Board 
and one representative from each of the three 
shareholders in the company that control the 
most votes at 31 August each year. Prior to the 
2009 AGM, the nomination committee consist-
ed of Per Welin (L E Lundbergföretagen), Alice 
Kempe (Kempe Foundations), Håkan Sandberg 
(Handelsbanken incl. pension fund) and 
 Fredrik Lundberg (Board chairman). Member-
ship of the committee prior to the 2010 AGM is 
unchanged, except Mats Guldbrand has 
replaced Per Welin as the representative of L E 
Lundbergföretagen. Mats Guldbrand is chair-
man of the nomination committee in the run-
up to the 2010 AGM. The majority of the com-
mittee members are independent of the compa-
ny and its management. Two are independent 
of the shareholder controlling the most votes, 
namely L E Lundbergföretagen. One member is 
a Board member. 

The nomination committee’s mandate is to 

submit proposals for election of Board mem-
bers and the Board chairman, for the Board fee 
and auditing fees and, where applicable, for 
election of auditors. The committee’s proposals 
are presented in the notice convening the AGM. 
For the 2010 AGM, the nomination com-

mittee proposes the re-election of Fredrik 
 Lundberg (also proposed for re-election as 
Board chairman), Carl Bennet, Magnus Hall, 
Carl Kempe, Curt Källströmer, Hans Larsson, 
Ulf Lundahl and Göran Lundin. Lilian Fossum 
has declined re-election. The nomination com-
mittee also proposes to the AGM that Louise 
Lindh be elected to the Board as a new member.
The proposed Board fee is SEK 2 475 000, 
including SEK 550 000 for the chairman and  
SEK 275 000 for each of the other members. 
These are the same fees as in the preceding year. 
The CEO does not receive a Board fee.

Composition of the board

The members of the Board are elected each year 
by the AGM for the period until the end of the 
next AGM. There is no rule regarding the maxi-
mum period a Board member may serve. 

The 2009 AGM re-elected Fredrik Lund-
berg, Lilian Fossum, Magnus Hall, Carl Kempe, 
Curt Källströmer, Hans Larsson, Ulf Lundahl 
and Göran Lundin to the Board. Carl Bennet 
was elected to the Board to replace Bengt 

 
 
 
 
 
As defined by the Code, seven AGM-elected 

Hans Larsson

Member

 Pettersson, who declined re-election. Fredrik 
Lundberg was elected chairman. At the statu-
tory first meeting of the new Board in 2009, 
Carl Kempe was elected deputy chairman and 
Lars Ericson, the company’s general counsel 
was appointed secretary of the Board. Over and 
above the nine members elected by the AGM, 
the local labour organisations have a statutory 
right to appoint three members and three depu-
ty members.

members are deemed independent of the com-
pany. Of these, five are also deemed independ-
ent of the company’s major shareholders and 
satisfy all the criteria for experience. The largest 
shareholders, each controlling more than 10 
per cent of the votes, are L E Lundbergföreta-
gen and the Kempe Foundations. The CEO is 
the only Board member with an executive posi-
tion in the company. 

Information about the members of the 

Board is provided on pages 36–37.

The board’s activities 

The Board held nine meetings in 2009, four in 
connection with the company’s publication of its 
quarterly reports. At one of these meetings the 
Board visited Iggesund Mill and Iggesund Saw-
mill. A two-day meeting was devoted to strategic 
business planning, and one meeting to the 
Group’s budget for 2010. The other two meet-
ings were held in conjunction with the AGM. 
During the year the Board paid special attention 
to strategic, financial and accounting issues, 
 follow-up of business operations and major 
investment matters. On two occasions the com-
pany’s auditors reported directly to the Board, 
presenting their observations from their audit of 
the final accounts and the company’s internal 
control system. Attendance levels were very 
high; two members were not able to come to one 
Board meeting each. The activities of the Board 
follow a plan that intends to ensure that the 
Board obtains all requisite information. Each 
year the Board decides on written working pro-
cedures and issues written instructions relating 
to the division of responsibilities between the 
Board and the CEO and the information that the 
Board is to receive continually on financial 
developments and other key events.

Employees of the company participate in 
Board meetings to submit reports. The secretary 
of the Board is the company’s general counsel. 

C o rPo r a Te   goVe r n a nCe   rePo r T

board members as from the 2009 agm

name

Function

elected

Committees*

Independent of the: attendance

company

major 
shareholders

at board 
meetings

board members

Fredrik Lundberg  Chairman 

1988 

Remuneration 
committee

No 

No 

9/9 

Dep. Chairman 1983

Carl Kempe

Carl Bennet

Lilian Fossum

Member

Member

Curt Källströmer

Member

Ulf Lundahl

Göran Lundin

Magnus Hall

Total

Member

Member

Member,  
president  
and CEO

2009

2004

2006

1990

2004

2001

2004

Remuneration 
committee

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

7/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

8/9

8/9

9/9

9/9

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

6/9

representatives of the employees

Steewe Björklundh Member

Kenneth Johansson Member

Karin Norin

Member

1998

2004

1999

Stig Jacobsson

Dep. member 2004

Andreas Rastbäck Dep. member 2008

Tommy Åsenbrygg Dep. member 2009

* The entire Board, except for members employed in the company, form the audit committee.

  The Board evaluates its activities each year, 
and the nomination committee has been 
informed of the content of the 2009 evaluation. 
This will serve as a basis for planning the 
Board’s work in the next few years.

group management

The Board has delegated operative responsibility 
for management of the company and the Group to 
the CEO. The Board annually decides on instruc-
tions covering the distribution of responsibilities 
between the Board and the CEO. 
Holmen’s Group management consists of 11 indi-
viduals: the CEO, the heads of the five business 
areas and the heads of the five Group staffs units. 
  Group management met on 11 occasions in 
2009, dealing with matters such as earnings 
trends and reports before and after Board meet-
ings, business plans, budget, investments, inter-
nal control, policies and reviews of market con-
ditions, general development of the economy 
and other external factors affecting the business. 
Projects relating to business areas and Group 
staff units were also discussed and decided on. 
Information on the CEO and other members 

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

3 3

 
 
C o rPo r a Te   goVe r n a nCe   rePo r T

results,
reporting,
follow-up

of Group management is provided on 

page 38.

business processes

business plan, budget, 
forecasts and action plans

Internal manage-
ment processes

Management at 

business concept, strategy and goals

Internal management processes

 Holmen is based on 
the business con-
cept, strategies 
and goals of 
the Group 
and the 
business 
areas. The CEO and Group management are 
accountable to the Board and are responsible 
for the operational activities, which are decen-
tralised to five business areas. The Group staff 
units are in charge of coordinating certain mat-
ters, such as business administration and 
finance, human resources, legal affairs, techno-
logy and public relations. 
  The Group uses annual, rolling, three-year 
business plans to break down goals and strat-
egies into action plans and activities that can be 
measured and evaluated. These business plans 
are important to the long-term strategic control 
of the Group. The Group also uses annual budg-
ets, forecasts and action plans for its day-to-day 
management of operations. 
  Various business processes, such as sales, pur-
chasing and production, are used to manage 
operational activities at business area level with a 
view to achieving the business targets and imple-
menting the agreed action plans. 
  The results are followed up through regular 
financial reports, and approved measures are 
reviewed through additional follow-ups.

remuneration

The Board has appointed a remuneration com-
mittee consisting of Fredrik Lundberg and 
Hans Larsson. The committee held several 
informal meetings during the year at which it 
prepared matters pertaining to the remunera-
tion and other employment conditions of the 
CEO and submitted proposals to the Board. 
Remuneration and other employment condi-
tions of senior management who report directly 
to the CEO are decided by the latter in accord-
ance with a pay policy established by the remu-
neration committee. 
  The Group applies the principle that each 

3 4

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

manager’s manager must approve decisions on 
remuneration in consultation with the relevant 
personnel manager. 
  At the 2009 AGM, the Board chairman gave 
an account of the Board’s proposed guidelines 
on remuneration to the CEO and other members 
of senior management. The AGM adopted the 
guidelines in the proposal. Information on the 
Board’s proposal to the 2010 AGM for guide-
lines on remuneration to the CEO and other 
members of senior management is presented in 
the administration report on page 49. 
  The 2009 AGM approved the Board fee and 
payment of the auditors’ fee as invoiced. 

In 2008, the Group’s employees were invited 

to acquire call options on class B shares in 
 Holmen at market price.  One third of all 
employees then bought a total of 758 300 call 
options. Holmen’s commitments pursuant to 
this scheme were secured by buying back some 
of the company’s own shares. See the section on 
the share and shareholders on pages 28–30 for 
more details. The 2009 AGM renewed the 
Board’s authorisation to decide on buying back 
up to 10 per cent of the company’s total shares. 
No buy-backs took place in 2009. 

Information about remuneration is provided 

in note 5 on pages 66–67.

audit
KPMG, which has been Holmen’s auditor since 
1995, was elected by the 2008 AGM as auditor 
for a period of four years. KPMG has since 
appointed George Pettersson, authorised public 
accountant, as the principal auditor for Holmen. 
KPMG audits Holmen AB and almost all of its 
subsidiaries. 
  The interim accounts are examined for the 
January–September period. The examination of 
internal procedures and control systems begins 
in the second quarter and is thereafter ongoing 
to year-end. The examination and audit of the 
final annual accounts and the annual report 
take place in January–February. The interim 
report for January–September is subject to 
review by the auditors. 

Holmen’s audit committee comprises all 
Board members except for members employed 
in the company, that is, the CEO and employee 
representatives. 

The Board’s reporting instructions include a 

requirement that the members of the Board 
shall receive a report each year from the audi-

tors on whether the company’s organisation is 
structured to enable satisfactory supervision of 
accounting, management of funds and other 
aspects of the company’s financial circum-
stances. In 2009 the auditors reported to the 
entire Board at two meetings. Over and above 
this, the auditors reported to the Board chair-
man and the CEO on two occasions and to the 
CEO at another meeting. 

In addition to the audit assignment, Holmen 

has consulted KPMG on matters pertaining to 
taxation, accounting and investigations, and in 
some countries also on matters of business law. 
The remuneration paid to KPMG for 2009 is 
stated in note 6 on page 67. KPMG is required 
to assess its independence before making deci-
sions on whether to provide Holmen with inde-
pendent advice alongside its audit assignment.

Internal control

This section contains the Board’s annual pres-
entation of how the internal control system is 
organised insofar as it relates to financial 
reporting. The presentation is based on the 
rules in the Code and the guidelines drawn up 
by working groups in the Confederation of 
Swedish Enterprise and FAR SRS (the organisa-
tion for highly qualified professionals in the 
accountancy sector in Sweden). 

The Board’s responsibility for internal con-
trol is laid out in the Swedish Companies Act, 
and internal control related to financial report-
ing is covered by the Board’s reporting instruc-
tions to the CEO. Holmen’s financial reporting 
complies with the laws and rules that apply to 
companies listed on the Stockholm stock 
exchange and the local rules in each country 
where it operates. In addition to external rules 
and recommendations, financial reporting is also 
covered by internal instructions, directions and 
systems, as well as internal delegation of roles 
and responsibilities with the object of ensuring 
sound internal control over financial reporting. 
Financial reports are prepared quarterly and 
monthly in the Group and its business areas, 
units and subsidiaries. Forecasts and extensive 
analyses, along with comments, are provided in 
connection with the reports to help ensure the 
accuracy of the financial reports. Financial func-
tions and controllers with functional responsi-
bility for accounting, reporting and analysis of 
financial developments operate at Group level, 
at business area level and at all major units. 

The audit includes the annual statutory 
audit of Holmen AB’s annual report, the statu-
tory audit of the parent company and all sub-
sidiaries (where so required), the audit of inter-
nal reporting packages, an audit of the final 
accounts and a review of one interim report. 
The audit process also includes reviews of the 
internal control system. 

Holmen’s internal control activities aim to 
ensure that the Group lives up to its objectives 
for financial reporting (see box). These activi-
ties are based on a common set of instructions 
and common checklists for key procedures and 
processes for the Group’s financial reporting. 
The structure adheres to guidelines issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (COSO) for small 
listed companies in respect of internal control 
over financial reporting. COSO’s guidelines 
contain 20 principles in five areas: control envi-
ronment, risk assessment, control activities, 
information and communication, and follow-
up. They have been modified to suit the 
assessed needs of Holmen’s various operations. 
Holmen’s greatest risks regarding financial 
reporting are linked to the measurement (valu-
ation) of biological assets and property, plant 
and equipment, as well as being linked to finan-
cial transactions. 

Holmen has no separate internal auditing 
function. The Board does not consider that spe-
cific circumstances in the business or other condi-
tions exist that justify setting up such a function. 
In 2008 the company introduced a type of audit 
procedure whereby experienced accountants and 
controllers in the Group visit other Group units 
and examine their internal control procedures. 
These activities were successful and were there-
fore also conducted in 2009.

Investor relations

Holmen’s information to shareholders and 
other stakeholders is provided in the annual 
report, the year-end and interim reports, press 
releases, the sustainability report Holmen and 
its World, and the shareholders’ magazine 
 Holmen Business Report, all of which are avail-
able on the company’s website. The website 
also contains presentation materials for recent 
years and information on corporate govern-
ance. The provision of information by the com-
pany complies with an information policy 
established by the Board.

C o rPo r a Te   goVe r n a nCe   rePo r T

objectives of Holmen’s 
financial reporting

Holmen’s external financial 
reporting shall:
•	 		be	correct	and	complete,	

and comply with appli cable 
laws, regulations and 
 recommendations

•	 	providea	true	and	fair	de-

scription of the  company’s 
business

•	 		support	a	reasoned	and	
informed  valuation of the 
business.

Internal financial reporting 
shall, over and above these 
three objectives, support cor-
rect business decisions at all 
levels in the Group.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

3 5

b o a r D   o F   D I r e C T o r S 

Board of directors 

Ulf Lundahl

Curt Källströmer

Hans Larsson

Carl Bennet

Carl Kempe

Fredrik Lundberg

Magnus Hall

Fredrik lundberg
Chairman. Djursholm. Born in 1951. 
Member since 1988. Master of Engineering and Bachelor of 
Science (Econ.). D. Econ h.c. and D. Eng. H.c. 
President and CEO of L E Lundberg företagen AB. 
Other significant appointments:  
Chairman of the Board: Cardo AB and Hufvudstaden AB. 
Deputy chairman of: Svenska Handelsbanken AB and NCC AB. 
Board member: L E Lundbergföretagen AB, AB Industrivärden 
and Sandvik AB.
Shareholding in Holmen: 734 724 shares.  
Shareholding of L E Lundbergföretagen  
in Holmen: 23 511 000 shares.

Carl kempe
Deputy Chairman. Örnsköldsvik. 
Born in 1939. Member since 1983. 
Licentiate in Engineering. DDr. h.c. 
Other significant appointments: 
Chairman of the Board: Kempe Foundations, MoRe  
Research AB and UPSC Berzelii Centre for Forest 
Biotechnology.  
Member of the Swedish IIASA committee.
Own and related parties’ shareholding 
in Holmen: 385 125 shares.

Carl bennet
Gothenburg. Born in 1951. Member since 2009. MBA. D. Eng. 
h.c. Former President and CEO of Getinge. Chairman of the 
Board: Getinge, Elanders and Lifco. 
Other significant appointments:  
Chairman of the Board: University of Gothenburg.  
Board member: L E Lundbergföretagen and SSAB. 
Shareholding in Holmen: 100 000 shares. 

magnus Hall
Stockholm. Born in 1959. Member since 2004. MSc (Industrial 
Engineering). President and CEO.  
Other significant appointments: Chairman of the Board of BasEl 
i Sverige AB and Industrikraft i Sverige AB. Deputy chairman of 
the Swedish Forest Industries Federation.  
Own and related parties’ shareholding  
in Holmen: 12 698 shares, 14 450 call options.

Steewe björklundh
Hudiksvall. Born in 1958. Member since 1998.  
Representative of the employees, LO. Chairman of the GS 
Union at Iggesund Sawmill. Chairman of Hudiksvalls Sparbank 
and of Bomäklarna i Hudiksvall AB.
Shareholding in Holmen: 200 call options.

kenneth johansson
Söderköping. Born in 1958. Member since 2004. 
Representative of the employees, LO. Section Chairman of 
Paperbranch 53, Holmen Paper Braviken.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 call options. 
Related parties’ shareholding: 500 call options.

lilian Fossum
Lidingö. Born in 1962. Member since 2004. MBA. CFO and 
Executive Vice President Axel Johnson AB.  
Other significant appointments:  
Board member: Åhléns AB, Axel Johnson International AB, 
Novax AB, Servera AB, Svensk Bevakningstjänst AB, Oriflame 
Cosmetics S.A. and Retail and Brands AB.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 shares.

Curt källströmer
Stockholm. Born in 1941. Member since 2006. Banking degree. 
Other significant appointments:  
Chairman of the Board: Umeå School of Economics.  
Board member: Handelsbanken International, 
Stockholmsmässan AB, SBC AB,  
Wåhlin Fastigheter AB and AB Skrindan.
Shareholding in Holmen: 600 shares.

3 6

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

bo a rD  oF  D Ir eC To rS

Lilian Fossum

Göran Lundin

Andreas Rastbäck

Stig Jacobsson

Steewe Björklundh

Tommy Åsenbrygg

Kenneth Johansson

Hans larsson
Stockholm. Born in 1942. Member since 1990. Bachelor of Arts. 
Other significant  appointments:  
Chairman of the Board: Svenska Handelsbanken AB, Nobia AB,  
Attendo AB and Valedo Partners Fund 1 AB. 
Shareholding in Holmen: 1 000 shares.

Ulf lundahl
Lidingö. Born in 1952. Member since 2004.  Bachelor of Arts in 
Legal Science and Bachelor of Science (Econ). Executive VP and 
Deputy CEO of L E Lundbergföretagen AB.  
Other significant  appointments:  
Board member: Brandkontoret, Indutrade AB, Ramirent OYJ, 
Cardo AB, Husqvarna AB and SHB Regionbank Stockholm.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 shares.

göran lundin
Norrköping. Born in 1940. Member since 2001. Engineer.  
Other significant appointments:  
Chairman of the Board: Norrköpings Tidningar AB.  
Board member: Lorentzen & Wettre AB and  
Fastighets AB L E Lundberg.
Shareholding in Holmen: 1 000 shares.

karin norin
Forsa. Born in 1950. Member since 2009 . Representative of 
the employees, PTK. Chairman: Unionen Gävleborg, Unionen 
Holmen-Iggesund and member in Unionen’s delegation
‘‘Industry 1’’.
Shareholding in Holmen: 200 call options. 
Related parties’ shareholding: 200 call options. 
Karin Norin was not present for the photograph.

Auditors 
KPMG AB.
Principal auditor:

george Pettersson
Authorised public accountant

Deputy members 
Stig jacobsson
Iggesund. Born in 1948. Deputy member since 2004. 
Representative of the  employees, LO. Chairman of  
Paperbranch 15 Iggesund.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 call options.

andreas rastbäck
Örnsköldsvik. Born in 1975. Deputy member since 2008. 
Representative of the employees, PTK. Chairman of the univer-
sity graduate association at Holmen Skog.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 call options.

Tommy Åsenbrygg
Hallstavik. Born in 1968. Deputy member since 2009.
Representative of the employees, PTK. Deputy chairman in 
Ledarna, Hallstavik.
Shareholding in Holmen: 100 shares.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

3 7

 
g r o u p   m a n a g e m e n t

Group management

President and CEO
magnus Hall
Born in 1959. Joined Holmen in 1985.
Own and related parties’ shareholding in 
Holmen: 12 698 shares, 14 450 call options.

Magnus Hall has no significant shareholdings 
and no ownership in companies with whom the 
Group has important business relations.

Ingela Carlsson
Head of Group Public Relations.
Born in 1962. Joined Holmen in 2008. 
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.

Lars ericson
Head of Group Legal Affairs.
Company secretary.
Born in 1959. Joined Holmen in 1988.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.

For further information about the CEO,  
see page 36.

Group staff units
anders almgren
Executive Vice President.
CFO, Group Finance until 15 April 2010.
Born in 1965. Joined Holmen in 1990.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 600 shares, 
4 000 call options.

thommy Haglund
Head of Group Human Resources.
Born in 1950. Joined Holmen in 2001.
Shareholding in Holmen: 500 shares,  
4 000 call options.

Sven Wird
Head of Group Technology.
Born in 1951. Joined Holmen in 1995.
Shareholding in Holmen: 50 shares,  
4 000 call options.

Magnus Hall

Sören Petersson will take up the position of head of Holmen Skog on 1 February 2010.

Anders Jernhall will take up the position of head of Group Finance on 15 April 2010.

Business areas
Brynolf alexandersson
Head of Holmen Energi.
Born in 1957. Joined Holmen in 2007.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.

Björn andrén
Head of Holmen Skog until  
31 January 2010, when he retired.  
Born in 1946. Joined Holmen in 1971.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.

Björn Kvick
Head of Iggesund Paperboard.
Born in 1950. Joined Holmen in 1983.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.

Håkan Lindh
Head of Holmen Timber.
Born in 1964. Joined Holmen in 1994.
Shareholding in Holmen: 2 000 call options.

arne Wallin
Head of Holmen Paper.
Born in 1954. Joined Holmen in 1988.
Shareholding in Holmen: 4 000 call options.

Anders Almgren

Ingela Carlsson

Lars Ericson

Thommy Haglund

Sven Wird

Brynolf Alexandersson

Björn Andrén

Björn Kvick

Håkan Lindh

Arne Wallin

3 8

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

Q u a r t e r ly   f i g u r e s

Quarterly figures

seKm

full year

iV

income statement
Net sales
Operating costs
Depreciation and amortisation according to plan
Interest in earnings of associates
Items affecting comparability *
Operating profit
Net financial items
Profit/loss before tax
Tax
Profit/loss for the period

18 071
-15 175
-1 320
45
-
1 620
-255
1 366
-360
1 006

4 659
-3 943
-334
10
-
392
-60
332
-107
225

2009
iii

4 387
-3 636
-322
13
-
442
-55
386
-106
280

ii

i full year

iV

4 496
4 529
-3 806 -3 789
-332
7
-
415
-74
341
-96
245

-333
15
-
372
-66
306
-51
256

19 334
-16 630
-1 343
50
-361
1 051
-311
740
-98
642

5 043
-4 437
-333
10
-
284
-89
195
76
271

2008
iii

4 591
-3 909
-337
16
-298
64
-85
-22
-2
-24

ii

i

4 826
-4 178
-339
12
-63
257
-73
185
-61
124

4 875
-4 107
-334
12
-
446
-64
383
-111
271

Diluted earnings per share, SEK

12.0

2.7

3.3

3.0

2.9

7.6

3.2

-0.3

1.5

3.2

Net sales
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Elimination of intra-group net sales
group

Operating profit/loss
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Group-wide costs 

Elimination of internal operating profit/loss

Items affecting comparability *
group

Operating margin, % **
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Group

return on operating capital, % **
Holmen Paper
Iggesund Paperboard
Holmen Timber
Holmen Skog
Holmen Energi
Group

Key indicators
Return on capital employed, % **
Return on equity, %

Deliveries
Newsprint and magazine paper, ’000 tonnes
Paperboard, ’000 tonnes
Sawn timber, ’000 m3
Harvesting own forests, ’000 m3
Own production of hydro power, GWh

9 303
5 023
553
4 799
1 628
-3 236
18 071

2 310
1 260
155
1 306
465
-837
4 659

2 348
1 223
142
1 048
363
-737
4 387

2 361
1 274
130
1 163
359
-791
4 496

2 284
1 266
127
1 283
442
-872
4 529

10 443
4 860
499
5 443
1 834
-3 745
19 334

2 854
1 194
109
1 365
501
-980
5 043

2 517
1 210
116
1 208
442
-902
4 591

2 547
1 219
124
1 433
392
-890
4 826

2 525
1 237
149
1 436
499
-972
4 875

340
419
21
605
414
-191

13

-
1 620

3.7
8.3
3.8
9.0

3.5
9.9
6.2
5.3
13.3
5.9

7.2
6.4

1 745
477
313
2 897
1 090

-34
140
19
179
138
-50

0

-
392

-1.5
11.1
12.2
8.4

-1.5
13.6
21.0
6.3
17.3
5.8

7.0
5.5

456
123
76
859
355

107
128
13
147
72
-43

16

-
442

4.6
10.5
9.5
10.1

4.5
12.1
16.7
5.1
9.1
6.4

7.8
7.0

455
118
76
704
229

150
77
5
144
59
-51

-11

-
372

6.3
6.1
3.5
8.3

6.0
7.2
5.6
5.0
7.7
5.5

6.6
6.6

437
119
80
753
203

117
73
-16
134
144
-47

9

-
415

5.1
5.8
-12.4
9.2

4.6
6.9
-17.7
4.7
19.1
6.1

7.3
6.4

397
117
81
580
304

280
320
13
632
327
-149

-10

-361
1 051

2.7
6.6
2.5
7.3

2.8
7.5
3.5
5.6
11.1
5.0

6.1
3.9

2 044
494
266
2 649
1 128

 20
 16
 -7
 179
 110
 -30

-4

 -
284

0.7
1.4
-6.8
5.6

0.8
1.5
-7.9
6.3
14.8
4.1

4.9
6.9

539
115
63
770
311

 80
 127
-1
 150
 33
- 21

-6

-298
64

3.2
10.5
-1.1
7.9

3.2
12.1
-1.3
5.3
4.5
5.1

6.3
-0.6

493
124
66
631
176

100
61
-2
152
58
-50

1

-63
257

3.9
5.0
-1.5
6.6

4.0
5.8
-2.1
5.4
7.9
4.5

5.6
3.0

508
127
66
714
254

80
116
23
151
125
-48

0

-
446

3.2
9.3
15.3
9.2

3.2
11.1
26.2
5.3
16.9
6.4

7.8
6.4

503
127
72
534
388

  *  Item affecting comparability in the third quarter of 2008 relating to a provision of SEK -298 million for the closure of Wargön Mill. The second quarter of 2008 

includes SEK -63 million for the closure of PM 2 at Hallsta Paper Mill and an impact on profit due to the fire at Braviken Paper Mill.

 ** Excl. items affecting comparability.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

3 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
teN- y e a r   r eVi e w

Ten-year review

seKm

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

2000

iNCOMe  stateMeNt

Net sales

Operating costs

18 071

19 334 19 159 18 592 16 319 15 653 15 816 16 081 16 655 15 155

-15 175 -16 630 -15 548 -14 954 -13 205 -12 570 -12 306 -12 205 -12 460 -11 843

Depreciation and amortisation according to plan

-1 320

-1 343

-1 337

-1 346

-1 167

-1 156

-1 166

-1 153

-1 126

-1 045

Interest in earnings of associates

Items affecting comparability *

45 

-

50

-361

12

557

11

-

20

-

25

-

-6

-

-10

-3

-

-620

Operating profit

Net financial items

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the year

1 620

-255

1 366

-360

1 006

1 051

2 843

2 303

1 967

1 952

2 338

2 713

2 446

-311

-261

-247

-233

-206

-212

-149

-152

740

-98

642

2 582

2 056

1 734

1 746

2 126

2 564

2 294

4 741

-1 077

-597

-478

-471

-675

-605

-108

-769

1 505

1 459

1 256

1 275

1 451

1 959

2 186

3 972

552

2 023

4 842

-101

Diluted earnings per share, SEK

12.0

7.6

17.8

17.2

14.8

15.1

17.5

23.6

26.4

44.7

Net sales

Holmen Paper

Iggesund Paperboard

Holmen Timber

Holmen Skog

Holmen Energi

9 303

10 443 10 345 10 140

5 023

4 860

5 100

5 240

553

4 799

1 628

499

5 443

1 834

589

4 775

1 590

465

4 042

1 691

8 442

4 860

460

3 858

1 480

7 814

4 877

492

3 780

1 258

7 788

4 920

510

3 613

1 337

8 164

4 850

572

3 538

1 120

8 757

4 467

712

3 982

1 108

7 618

4 186

762

4 117

1 110

Elimination of intra-group net sales

-3 236

-3 745

-3 239

-2 986

-2 781

-2 568

-2 352

-2 163

-2 371

-2 638

group

18 071

19 334 19 159 18 592 16 319 15 653 15 816 16 081 16 655 15 155

569

-116

466

99

-112

2 295

2 023

524

Operating profit/loss

Holmen Paper

Iggesund Paperboard

Holmen Timber

Holmen Skog

Holmen Energi

Group-wide costs and eliminations

340

419

21

605

414

-178

1 620

280

320 

13

632

327

-159

623

599

146

702

272

-56

747

1 664

2 410

1 389

754

752

80

643

197

631

626

13

537

301

487

809

5

586

178

1 001

18

516

193

818

-6

450

-26

455

-79

455

49

-123

-141

-113

-137

-187

-224

1 412

2 286

2 303

1 967

1 952

2 338

2 713

3 066

Items affecting comparability *

Transferred operations

-

-

-361

-

557

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-620

-

group

CasH flOw

Profit before tax

Adjustment items

Paid income tax

Changes in working capital

1 620

1 051

2 843

2 303

1 967

1 952

2 338

2 713

2 446

4 842

1 366

1 163

-334

678

740

2 582

1 797

-192

-686

629

-390

-345

2 056

1 225

-664

-259

1 734

914

-516

339

1 746

1 031

-378

-68

2 126

1 169

-727

-125

2 564

1 050

-472

356

2 294

4 741

1 679

-1 486

-248

61

-942

-388

Cash flow from operating activities

2 873

1 660

2 476

2 358

2 471

2 331

2 443

3 498

3 786

1 925

Cash flow from investing activities

-818

-1 124

-1 315

-947

-3 029

-1 195

-726

-1 810

-1 669

-2 019

Cash flow after investments

2 054

536

1 161

1 411

-558

1 136

1 717

1 688

2 117

-94

Share buy-back

New share issue through conversion  
and subscription

-

-

-138

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

474

-

-

-

-

-

-

-2 025

-

Dividend paid

-756

-1 017

-1 017

-932

-848

-3 199

-880

-800

-5 518

-977

* Items affecting comparability:                                                                                                                                   
Year 2000: Mainly the disposal within the Group of Modo Paper AB, an associate, for SEK 1 848 million, and the repayment of SPP funds of SEK 175 million. 
Year 2001: Impairment losses of SEK 620 million on non-current assets.
Year 2007: Impairment losses of SEK 569 million on goodwill and of SEK 1 034 million on property, plant and equipment within Holmen Paper, a reversed impair-
ment losses of SEK 60 million on non-current assets within Holmen Timber, and a positive revaluation of forests of SEK 2 100 million within Holmen Skog.
Year 2008: Closure of Wargön Mill SEK accounted for 298 million and a cost of SEK 115 million was for the closure of PM 2 at Hallsta Paper Mill. Income of SEK 
52 million  corresponds to the effects on the result of the fire at Braviken Paper Mill. 

4 0

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
teN- y e a r   r eVi e w

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

2000

For a ten-year review of data per share, see page 30.

23 610

24 329 24 099 23 258 23 702 21 354 18 878 19 442 18 661 18 534

304

1 780

6 075

225

182

32 176

16 504

5 045

6 091

4 536

32 176

342

1 836

7 268

175

301

1 753

6 549

147

354

1 742

6 138

165

352

1 739

5 709

132

273

1 754

5 149

92

295

1 767

4 743

105

194

1 721

4 922

54

203

286

191

230

5 366

5 330

33

15

653

2 000
34 602 33 243 32 141 32 214 28 989 26 358 26 967 24 948 26 300

570

367

634

580

394

484

399

15 641 16 932 16 636 16 007 15 635 15 366 15 185 14 072 17 014
5 177

4 557

5 030

5 482

4 819

4 014

4 370

5 143

4 264

8 332

6 518

6 634

7 351

5 335

4 044

4 496

3 593

1 721

4 311

5 809

3 301
34 602 33 243 32 141 32 214 28 989 26 358 26 967 24 948 26 300

2 916

3 841

2 391

2 842

3 269

3 713

8 789

10 237

9 971 11 541 11 452

4 114

4 254

4 180

3 935

3 965

396

366

345

11 384

11 415 11 264

3 006

2 960

208

9 001

2 965

230

8 919

2 958

9 659

3 871

231

8 842

2 930

9 461

3 885

277

6 383

2 926

9 884

3 963

258

6 429

2 877

9 584

4 330

232

8 564

4 877

411

6 517

6 527

805

826

3 207

-963

26 929

-4 741

22 188

4

8

4

9

4

10

6

5

13

6

7

6

-87

-354

-630

-1 654

-412
27 623 28 090 27 297 27 437 25 415 22 997 23 169 21 044 20 793
-4 904
-4 477

-4 073
23 146 22 909 22 621 22 646 20 511 18 735 18 993 17 233 16 720

-5 181

-4 262

-4 791

-3 811

-4 676

-4 176

-242

-424

-118

65

3

7

3

7

3

8

4

6

11

5

6

4

6

12

24

12

5

15

64

8

9

8

10

9

7

14

17

12

6

19

38

7

7

8

10

9

7

13

3

12

6

16

6

6

10

7

9

8

6

17

1

12

5

20

2

7

6

8

10

8

10

20

3

15

8

25

7

8

7

10

12

10

21

17

-1

17

17

20

28

10

-11

18

26

9

neg

neg

7

5

13

16

14

7

7

14

18

16

18

14

-7

15

17

12

neg

7

9

12

15

24

0.34

0.48

0.35

0.36

0.41

0.31

0.22

0.25

0.22

-0.02

seKm

BalaNCe  sHeet
Non-current assets

Deferred tax assets

Shares and participating interests

Current assets

Financial receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

total assets

Equity

Deferred tax liability

Financial liabilities and interest-bearing provisions

Operating liabilities

total equity and liabilities

Operating capital

Holmen Paper

Iggesund Paperboard

Holmen Timber

Holmen Skog

Holmen Energi

Group-wide and other

Operating capital

Deferred tax liability, net

Capital employed

Key ratiOs 

Operating margin, %*

Holmen Paper

Iggesund Paperboard

Holmen Timber

Group

return on operating capital, %*

Holmen Paper

Iggesund Paperboard

Holmen Timber

Holmen Skog

Holmen Energi

Group

Key indicators

Return on capital employed, % *

Return on equity, %

Debt/equity ratio

Deliveries

Newsprint and magazine paper, ’000 tonnes

1 745

2 044

2 025

2 021

1 764

1 731

1 655

1 528

1 525

1 560

Paperboard, ’000 tonnes

Sawn timber, ’000 m3

Harvesting own forests, million m3

477

313

2.9

494

266

2.6

516

262

2.6

Own production of hydro power, GWh

1 090

1 128

1 193

536

248

2.6

934

492

229

2.3

501

195

2.6

1 236

1 054

481

189

2.7

867

453

220

2.5

410

322

2.4

415

360

2.3

1 048

1 362

1 308

Stated in accordance with IFRS from 2004. As far as Holmen is concerned, the principal difference between IFRS and previous accounting policies is that 
 forest assets are valued and stated in the accounts at fair value, that goodwill is no longer amortised according to plan, and that the fair value of financial 
assets and liabilities where hedge accounting is applied is entered into the balance sheet.
* Excl. items affecting comparability.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

4 1

Annual report

The Board of Directors and the CEO of Holmen Aktiebolag (publ.), corporate 
identity number 556001–3301, submit their annual report for the parent com-
pany and the Group for the 2009 financial year. The annual report, including 
the audit report, comprises pages 42-85. The results of the year’s operations 
and the financial position of the parent company and the Group are present-
ed in the administration report and the accompanying income statements 
and balance sheets, together with the notes and supplementary information. 
The Group’s income statement and balance sheet and the  parent company’s 
income statement and balance sheet will be submitted  
to the Annual General Meeting for adoption.

This is a translation of the Swedish Annual Report of Holmen Aktiebolag (publ). In the event of  
inconsistency between the English and the Swedish versions, the Swedish version shall prevail.

A 123-metre long wooden bridge has been built at Iggesund Mill, partly using wood from Holmen’s forests.

ContentsAdministration report  44Income statement  52Statement of comprehensive income 52Balance sheet  53Changes in equity 54Cash flow statement  55Parent company  56Notes to the financial statements 58 1. Accounting policies  58 2. Financial risk management 62 3. Operating segment reporting 64 4. Other operating income 66 5.  Employees, staff costs and remuneration to senior management 66 6. Auditors’ fees and remuneration 67 7. Income from financial instruments 68 8. Taxes 68 9. Earnings per share (EPS) 70 10. Intangible non-current assets 70 11. Property, plant and equipment 71 12. Biological assets 72 13.  Interests in associates and other shares and participating interests 73 14. Financial instruments 7415. Inventories 7816. Operating receivables 7817. Equity 7818. Pension provisions 7919. Other provisions 80 20. Operating liabilities 8021. Operating leases 8022. Pledged collateral and contingent liabilities 8123. Related parties 8124. Interests in Group companies 8225. Untaxed reserves 8326. Cash flow statement 8327. Key assessments and estimates 83 Proposed treatment of unappropriated earnings 84Audit report 85A dM InIs t rA tIo n   r e p o r t

Administration report

Business overview

Holmen’s operations consist of three product-oriented and 
two raw-material-oriented business areas, which are to be 
developed through organic growth and selective acquisi-
tions. Europe is by far the largest market, accounting for 
some 90 per cent of sales. The Holmen Paper business area 
manufactures printing paper for newspapers, magazines, 
directories/manuals, advertising materials and books. The 
paper is manufactured at two mills in Sweden and one in 
Spain. Iggesund Paperboard produces paperboard for pack-
aging and graphics printing at one mill in Sweden and one in 
the UK. Holmen Timber produces sawn timber at one saw-
mill in Sweden. Annual production capacity is 1 940 000 
tonnes of printing paper, 530 000 tonnes of paperboard 
(after structural change at Workington Mill) and 340 000 
cubic metres of sawn timber. Holmen Skog manages the 
Group’s forests, which cover just over one million hectares; 
each year some 2.5 million cubic metres of wood are harvest-
ed in the company’s forests. Holmen’s annual consumption 
amounts to about 4.5 million cubic metres. Holmen Energi’s 
normal yearly production amounts to some 1 100 GWh of 
electricity at wholly and partly owned hydro power stations 
in Sweden. In addition, about 400 GWh of electricity is pro-
duced at the mills. Holmen consumes a total of some 4 700 
GWh of electricity per year. 

The main part of operations in Sweden is run by the par-
ent company. In turn, the latter’s operations are run by five 
companies acting on behalf of the parent company – one for 
each business area. The parent company is liable for all com-
mitments entered into by these companies. Abroad, opera-
tions are chiefly run by wholly owned subsidiaries. 

Holmen in 2009

Market.  The weak economy meant that demand for news-
print in Europe fell considerably in 2009 and was 14 per cent 
lower than in 2008. Along with weak demand outside 
Europe, this entailed low capacity utilisation for European 
producers in 2009. Deliveries of MF Magazine to Europe 
were 20 per cent lower in 2009 than in 2008, while deliveries 
of SC paper to Europe were down 9 per cent and of coated 
paper down 22 per cent.

The long-term trend in demand for virgin fibre board in 

Europe has been positive. The market in Europe however 
was weak in 2009, and deliveries from European producers 
to Europe thus fell by 9 per cent compared to 2008. The 
situa tion improved somewhat towards the end of the year. 
Demand for sawn timber in Europe was substantially 
lower in 2009 compared to 2008, which led to considerable 
production cutbacks among European producers. In the 

When Iggesund paperboard launched its new grades of Invercote and Incada paperboard, new cover paper was also introduced for the paper-
board rolls.

4 4

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

A dM InIs t rA tIo n   r e p o r t

se cond half of the year, the market improved, and stock lev-
els were low. The prices of sawn timber fell from the second 
half of 2007 until the start of 2009, but the price trend 
reversed during the second half of 2009. 

Demand for pulpwood and timber were low at the start 

of the year and prices fell. Sawmills’ demand for timber 
climbed to a high level during the year, which led to price 
rises. Demand for pulpwood increased to a normal level and 
prices were stable.

In 2009, hydro power production in Sweden was slightly 
below the normal level. The spot price fluctuated during the 
year, from SEK 350/MWh in May, to SEK 500/MWh in 
December. The average price was SEK 393/MWh, which was 
20 per cent lower than in 2008.

the average price level was lower.

Operating profit for Holmen Skog amounted to  

SEK 605 million (632). The figure includes a SEK 16 million 
(-16) change in the value of the company’s forests, calculated 
in accordance with IAS 41. Operating profit before the 
change in value of forests fell by SEK 59 million, to  
SEK 589 million, as a result of lower wood prices, while 
increased harvesting in the company’s own forests had a  
positive impact. The extent of silviculture rose, entailing 
higher costs. 

Holmen Energi’s operating profit increased by  
SEK 87 million, to SEK 414 million. The rise is largely 
thanks to higher prices, though production was lower than 
in 2008 and 2 per cent below that of a normal year. 

Net financial items amounted to a loss of SEK 255 million 

reSULtS. In 2009, the Group’s sales decreased by SEK 1 263 
million, to SEK 18 071 million. Operating profit amounted 
to SEK 1 620 million (2008: 1 051). Operating profit for 
2008 included a net amount of SEK -361 million comprising 
items affecting comparability in the Holmen Paper business 
area. 

The improved operating profit is primarily attributable to 

(loss of 311). Lower market interest rates reduced the aver-
age borrowing cost to 3.5 per cent (4.5), and net debt was 
somewhat higher on average than in the preceding year. 

The Group’s tax expense amounted to SEK 360 million 
(98), which corresponds to 26 per cent of profit before tax. 
Tax expense includes SEK 30 million from a successful tax 
dispute.

higher prices of newsprint and paperboard, while weak 
demand led to extensive production cutbacks , which had a 
negative impact on earnings.  

Profit after tax was SEK 1 006 million (642). Earnings per 
share amounted to SEK 12.0 (7.6). The return on equity was  
6.4 percent (3.9). 

Holmen Paper’s deliveries declined to 1 745 000 tonnes, 
compared to 2 044 000 tonnes in 2008, as a consequence of 
low demand and the closure of capacity. The decline mainly 
affected standard newsprint and coated paper, while deliv-
eries of MF Magazine were higher. Holmen Paper’s operat-
ing profit for 2009, was SEK 340 million (280 excluding 
items affecting comparability in 2008). The improvement is 
thanks to higher selling prices, but considerable production 
cutbacks and a less favourable market mix had an adverse 
effect on results. Lower costs of wood and recovered paper 
made an impact on profit, but energy costs rose.

Iggesund Paperboard’s deliveries were down by 3 per cent 

in relation to 2008 due to lower demand. Iggesund Paper-
board implemented price rises for folding boxboard in the UK 
market during the second half of 2009. Operating profit for 
2009 amounted to SEK 419 million, which was SEK 99 mil-
lion higher than in the preceding year. The price increases, 
along with a weaker pound (sterling) and Swedish krona, had 
a positive impact on results. Production cutbacks and high 
manufacturing costs adversely affected profit, particularly in 
the first half of 2009. 

Holmen permanently shut down a board machine (BM 1) 
at Workington Mill in December. Provisions and impairment 
losses resulting from the shutdown had a negative impact of 
SEK 75 million on costs.

ChangeS in WOrkingtOn.  In September 2009 Holmen decided 
to shut down one of the two board machines at Workington 
Mill in the UK. The machine, dating from 1967, has an annual 
production capacity of 70 000 tonnes of folding boxboard in 
the lower quality segment. Capacity was upgraded on the 
remaining machine at the same time. The new annual capacity 
of the mill is 200 000 tonnes (previously 250 000) – a volume 
that is more tailored to the market. The number of employees 
is expected to decrease by 99. The shutdown entailed costs as 
a result of provisions and impairment losses totalling  
SEK 75 million.

inveStMentS.  The Group’s acquisitions of non-current assets 
amounted to SEK 759 million (1 160). Cash flow from 
investing activities totalled SEK -818 million (-1 124). Sched-
uled depreciation and amortisation amounted to SEK 1 320 
million (1 343). The year’s investments include investment 
projects such as a new sawmill at Braviken, a new hydro 
power station in Iggesund, improved water treatment at 
Iggesund Mill and a new power production plant at the mill 
in Madrid. Production in the new sawmill at Braviken Paper 
Mill in Norrköping is scheduled to start at the turn of 
2010/2011. 

Holmen Timber’s deliveries rose to 313 000 cubic metres, 
compared to 266 000 cubic metres in 2008. Operating profit 
amounted to SEK 21 million (13). Higher deliveries and 
lower raw materials costs had a positive impact, although 

CaSh fLOW. The Group’s cash flow from operating activities 
totalled SEK 2 873 million, of which a reduction in tied up 
working capital accounted for SEK 678 million. Cash flow 
from investing activities amounted to SEK -818 million.  

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

4 5

A dM InIs t rA tIo n   r e p o r t

ly via the Group’s commercial paper programme, short-term 
bank loans and utilisation of the contractually agreed EUR 
600 million credit facility. Certain other non-current liabilities 
were paid down. Cash and cash equivalents were deposited 
with banks. Standard & Poor’s lowered its long-term credit 
rating for Holmen from BBB+ to BBB, with a negative out-
look. The short-term rating was lowered to A-3/K-2.

The Group hedges parts of future estimated net flows in 
foreign currencies. Gains and losses on currency hedges to 
cover sales in foreign currencies netted a loss of SEK 408 mil-
lion (loss of 336) during the year, recognised in operating prof-
it. The result was primarily due to the average hedging rate for 
euro being SEK 9.4 during the year, compared to the average 
spot exchange rate of SEK 10.6. Taking account of currency 
hedges, the average exchange rates for the Group’s net flows 
were SEK 9.5 for euro and SEK 7.8 for US dollars. At year-
end, some 90 per cent of the Group’s estimated net flows in 
euro for 2010 were hedged at an average exchange rate of 
SEK 9.7, for 2011 about 85 per cent were hedged at an aver-
age of SEK 10.6 and for 2012 about 25 per cent at an average 
of SEK 10.5. Four months’ estimated flows in dollars were 
hedged at an average exchange rate of SEK 6.9. The fair value 
of currency hedges not yet recognised in the income statement 
amounted to a loss of SEK 45 million at the end of 2009. 

Prices for the Group’s estimated net consumption of elec-

tricity in Sweden during the 2010–2012 period are fully 
hedged. For 2013–2015, prices for some 85 per cent have 
been hedged. The Group’s financial risk management is 
described in note 2. 

eQUitY.  In 2009 the Group’s equity increased by  
SEK 863 million, to SEK 16 504 million. Profit for the year 
amounted to SEK 1 006 million, and the dividend paid was 
SEK 756 million. Equity has also been affected by other com-
prehensive income which consists of items such as revalua-
tion of pension liability, currency revaluation of loans, 
revaluation of transaction hedges and restatement of assets 
in foreign entities as well as tax on these items. In 2009 other 
comprehensive income amounted to SEK 613 million, which 
is mainly attributable to currency hedges that have expired 
and been recognised in the income statement, and to the fact 
that the strengthened Swedish krona reduced the negative 
fair value of transaction hedges. As of 2009 other compre-
hensive income is presented in a separate “Statement of com-
prehensive income” following the ‘‘income statement’’.

reSearCh and deveLOpMent (r&d).  The Group conducts 
R&D in-house at business area level and externally. The 
external activities are co-run with other players – often at 
industry-wide level – and in collaboration with universities 
and colleges. In 2009 Holmen opened a development centre 
in Iggesund, focusing on biorefining and biofuels. The 
Group’s total investments in R&D amounted to around  
SEK 100 million in 2009.

the Middle east and north Africa are increasingly important 
 markets for Holmen timber. Consignments of wood from  
Iggesund sawmill are unloaded in Alexandria.

A dividend of SEK 756 million was paid to shareholders 
 during the year. 

finanCing and finanCiaL riSk  ManageMent. Holmen shall 
have a strong financial position that provides financial stabil-
ity and enables the Group to make correct and long-term busi-
ness decisions relatively independently of the state of the 
econo my and external financing possibilities. The target for 
the debt/equity ratio is an interval of 0.3–0.8, and strategic 
planning includes adjustment to this target. 

The Group’s net financial debt decreased by  

SEK 1 821 million, to SEK 5 683 million, during the year. 
The year-end debt/equity ratio was 0.34 (31 December 2008: 
0.48). The equity/assets ratio was 51 per cent (45).

At the end of 2009 financial liabilities amounted to  
SEK 6 091 million, of which SEK 2 298 million was short 
term. Cash, cash equivalents and financial receivables totalled 
SEK 407 million. The Group has a contractually agreed credit 
facility with a syndicate of banks that amounts to EUR 600 
million and expires in 2012. Since 2009 the company has also 
had a bilateral credit facility of SEK 1 300 million that expires 
in 2016. Neither of the facilities had been used at year-end. 
During the year, new long-term financing was raised 
through an MTN loan of SEK 1 500 million with a four-year 
maturity. Other financing during the year was arranged main-

4 6

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

A dM InIs t rA tIo n   r e p o r t

tax diSpUteS.  In the dispute concerning Holmen’s French 
subsidiary, the county administrative court decided in the 
company’s favour in December 2008. This has now come 
into force but had no impact on earnings.

On 15 January 2010, Stockholm County Administrative 

Court announced its judgment on the tax case involving 
Holmen’s subsidiary MoDo Capital AB. Under the Court’s 
judgment, MoDo Capital’s depreciation deduction for the 
1997 tax year is disallowed, which results in tax expense 
estimated at a total of SEK 640 million. Holmen has previ-
ously made provision for the tax expense; it is thus not 
antici pated that the judgment will have any impact on the 
Group’s earnings. Holmen will appeal against the judgment 
to the Administrative Court of Appeal.

Business outlook

 In Holmen’s product markets 2009 was a difficult year. 
Demand for printing paper and paperboard declined by more 
than 10 per cent and demand for sawn timber fell substantial-
ly. This entailed major production cutbacks, which for 
 Holmen primarily took place in Holmen Paper. Meanwhile, 
prices remained relatively stable and were even increased for 
printing paper in Europe. Costs were lower than in the preced-
ing year, primarily thanks to lower fibre costs. 

The outlook for 2010 is less favourable, in particular for 
Holmen Paper; there are as yet no signs of an improvement 
in demand. In addition, ongoing price negotiations are 
expected to entail lower printing paper prices in Europe. 
However, the prices for recovered paper, a key raw material, 
have started to rise during the winter. The market for Igge-
sund Paperboard and Holmen Timber improved in the sec-
ond half of 2009, which may create better conditions for 
2010. In the wood market, demand for timber is consider-
able and prices have risen, which increases costs for Holmen 
Timber, but creates potential for some improvement in 
 Holmen Skog’s earnings from wood.

For Holmen Energi, 2010 may be another good year, 
because prices are largely hedged at favourable levels. Hydro 
power production depends on precipitation during the year. 
Exchange rates have a major impact on profits. The larg-

est currency exposure, which is to the euro, is hedged for 
2010 and 2011, and the exchange rates will be slightly more 
favourable than the hedging contracts that applied for 2009. 
However, the US dollar has weakened compared to one year 
ago, which is a negative development. 

Investments are estimated to exceed SEK 1 500 million 

for 2010. One reason is the ongoing sawmill project at 
 Braviken. A survey of energy-related investments is in 
progress, which may keep the level of investment high to  
the extent and at the rate that these investments are decided 
on and implemented.

Information on risks and uncertainties 

inCOMe.  Holmen’s income is mainly generated from the sale 
of printing paper, paperboard and sawn timber in Europe. 
Changes in prices and deliveries largely depend on market 
equilibrium in Europe. This in turn is influenced by demand 
patterns there, trends in production among European pro-
ducers and changes in imports into Europe, as well as by the 
opportunities of exporting profitably from Europe. The 
Group also has sizeable sales of wood from its own forests 
and electricity from its own power generation. However, 
wood and electricity are also major costs for the Group’s 
industrial operations. 

COStS.   Holmen’s principal production costs are those of 
wood, recovered paper, energy and chemicals. In addition, 
the costs of deliveries, employees, maintenance and capital 
are significant. Cost trends are primarily determined by 
changes in the prices of input goods and employees, and by 
how successfully the Group improves the efficiency of pro-
duction and administration. 

A one percentage point change in deliveries, prices and 
costs is estimated to have the following impact on operating 
profit:*

seKm 

products

Printing paper  
Paperboard 
Sawn timber   

Company’s own raw materials 

Wood from company forests** 
Company-generated electricity** 

seKm 

Wood** 
Recovered paper 
Pulp 
Electricity** 
Other energy 
Chemicals 
Distribution costs  
Other variable costs   
Staff 
Other fixed costs  

deliveries  

price

33 
24 
2 

8 
5 

91
49
6

12
5

Costs

21
8
1
16
4
14
15
9
27
17

* 

 Based on income and costs for 2009.

**   Sensitivity regarding the Group’s net purchases – taking account 

of the company’s own production of raw materials – is  
SEK 9 million for wood and SEK 11 million for electricity. The 
price of the Group’s net consumption of electricity in Sweden, 
which corresponds to some 80 per cent of the Group’s total net 
consumption, is fully hedged for coming years (see note 2).

CUrrenCieS. Holmen’s earnings are affected by exchange rate 
fluctuations, mainly because a significant proportion of the 
Group’s sales are invoiced in currencies other than its costs 
are. Currency hedging is used to reduce this exposure. Taking 

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

4 7

A dM InIs t rA tIo n   r e p o r t

account of estimated currency flows, a one percentage point 
weakening of the Swedish krona in relation to the currencies 
below would have the following effects, without considering 
currency hedges:

seKm 

SEK / EUR 
SEK / USD 
SEK / GBP 
SEK / other currencies 

net

47
11
2
7

Taking account of currency hedges, a one percentage point weak-
ening of the Swedish krona would have a positive impact of about 
SEK 20 million on the Group’s earnings for 2010. See also note 2.

intereSt rateS.  Based on the duration of the fixed interest 
rate period and net debt at 31 December 2009, a one per-
centage point change in the average market interest rate 
would have an impact of about SEK 20 million on earnings 
for 2010. As loans at fixed rates of interest mature, the expo-
sure to changes in market interest rates will increase. Disre-
garding the fixed interest rate period, the exposure to a one 
percentage point change in the market interest rate is  
SEK 57 million. See also note 2.

keY aSSeSSMentS and eStiMateS.  Note 27 provides an 
account of key assessments and estimates that, were they to 
change, could affect earnings in 2010. 

SeaSOnaL  effeCtS.  Holmen’s earnings are spread relatively 
evenly over the year. The main seasonal effects are that staff 
and maintenance costs are lower during the third quarter, 
maintenance costs are usually higher in the fourth quarter 
and that a large part of electricity production at the hydro 
power plants takes place during the first and fourth quarters.

share information 

the Share. Holmen has 83 996 162 shares outstanding, of 
which 22 623 234 are class A shares and 61 372 928 are 
class B shares. The company also has 760 000 bought-back 
class B shares held in treasury. Each A share carries 10 votes 
and each B share carries one vote; in other respects, the 
shares carry the same rights. Neither laws nor the company’s 
articles of association place any restrictions on the transfer-
ability of the shares. 

dividend. The Board proposes that the AGM, to be held on  
24 March 2010, approves a lower dividend of SEK 7 (9) per 
share, which corresponds to 4 per cent of the Group’s closing 
equity. The proposal to reduce the dividend is due to the 
lower profitability in the industry, chiefly for paper products. 
The Group is also making investments, such as building a 
new sawmill. 

Holmen is reformulating its dividend target, which used to 

be 5–7 per cent of the Group’s equity. Instead, decisions on 

share dividends will be based on an appraisal of the Group’s 
profitability, future investment plans and financial position.
Over the past ten years the ordinary dividend has aver-
aged 5 per cent of equity. This means that half of earnings 
per share per year have been paid out by way of ordinary 
dividends. 

SharehOLderS.  At the end of the year, the Holmen shares 
held by L E Lundbergföretagen AB (corporate identity 
number 556056-8817) accounted for 52.0 per cent of the 
total number of votes and 28.0 per cent of the capital, which 
means that a Group relationship exists between L E Lund-
bergföretagen, whose registered office is in Stockholm, and 
Holmen. The Kempe Foundations’ holdings of Holmen 
shares amounted to 16.9 per cent of the votes and 7.0 per 
cent of the capital at year-end. No other individual share-
holder controlled as much as 10 per cent of the votes. A list 
of major owners’ shareholdings is provided in the section on 
the Holmen share and shareholders on pages 28–30. The 
employees have no holdings of Holmen shares via a pension 
fund or similar system. There is no restriction on how many 
votes each shareholder may cast at the AGM. 

According to the company’s articles of association, the 
Board shall have 7–11 members, and they are elected at the 
AGM. The company’s articles contain no other rules regard-
ing the appointment or dismissal of board members or 
regarding amendments to the articles.

Share bUY-baCkS.  The company has no specific target for 
share buy-backs. A mandate to buy back up to 10 per cent of 
the company’s shares has applied in recent years. Any buy-
backs are regarded as a complement to dividend payments to 
adjust the capital structure when circumstances have been 
deemed favourable. The AGM on 24 March 2009 renewed 
the Board’s authorisation to make decisions to buy back up 
to 10 per cent of the company’s total shares. No buy-backs 
took place in 2009, but 760 000 B shares were repurchased 
in 2008 to secure the company’s commitments as part of the 
incentive scheme (see below). 

The Board proposes that the 2010 AGM authorises the 
Board to buy back and transfer up to 10 per cent of all shares 
in the company. 

inCentive  SCheMe.  In 2008 the Group’s employees were 
 invited to acquire call options on class B shares in Holmen at 
market price (calculated by an independent bank). As a result, 
1 492 people (one third of all employees) bought a total of 
758 300 call options. The price of each option was SEK 20, 
and their exercise price is SEK 224.50 per share. Each option 
entitles the holder to purchase one share during the exercise 
period in May/June 2013. Holmen’s commitments in the 
scheme have been secured through buy-backs of own shares.

4 8

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

A dM InIs t rA tIo n   r e p o r t

Guidelines for determining salaries and other 
remuneration to members of senior management 

The Board proposes that the 2010 AGM resolves in favour 
of the following guidelines for determining salaries and other 
remuneration for senior management. See note 5 on page 66 
for the guidelines adopted by the AGM in 2009. 

These guidelines refer to terms and conditions of employ-

ment for the CEO and other members of senior manage-
ment, namely the business area managers and heads of 
Group staff functions who report directly to the CEO.

SaLar Y and Other reMUneratiOnS.  The remuneration for the 
CEO and the senior management shall consist of a fixed, 
market-based salary. Other benefits, mainly car and accomo-
dation, shall, insofar as they are provided, represent a limited 
part of the remuneration.  No variable remuneration shall be 
paid.

penSiOn.  The normal retirement age shall be 65 years. The 
company and the employee shall be mutually entitled to 
request that pension be drawn from 60 years of age. Any pen-
sion drawn before 65 years of age shall be either defined benefit 
or defined premium. Pension drawn after 65 years of age shall 
be in accordance with the ITP plan. Over and above this, the 
employee may also be entitled to a supplementary old age pen-
sion. In this case, there shall be a gradual transition from the 
existing arrangement with a defined benefit pension to one in 
which the pension is defined premium.

nOtiCe and SeveranCe paY.  Discontinuation notice should nor-
mally be one year if it is given by the company, and six months 
if it is given by the employee. In the event of notice being given 

by the company, severance pay can be paid corresponding to 
no more than 24 months’ salary. For new contracts, salary 
during the period of notice and severance pay shall not exceed 
a total of an amount equivalent to two years’ salary.

inCentive SCheMe. Any decision on a share and share price 
based incentive scheme for senior company personnel shall  
be made by the AGM.

reMUneratiOn  COMMittee. A remuneration committee 
appointed from among the members of the Board shall pre-
pare business pertaining to the CEO’s salary and other con-
ditions of employment and submit proposals on such issues 
to the Board for decision. Detailed principles for determining 
the salaries, pension rights and other remuneration to senior 
management shall be laid down in a pay policy adopted by 
the remuneration committee. 

departUreS in individUaL  CaSeS.  The Board shall be entitled 
to depart from these guidelines in individual cases should spe-
cial reasons exist. In the event of such a departure, informa-
tion thereon and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to 
the next Annual General Meeting.

employees 

hOLMen’S  hr pOLiCY  focuses on developing leadership, the 
organisation and employees. HR work is governed by laws, 
contracts and internal policies. Holmen’s combined HR poli-
cies constitute the Group’s approach to staff policy, and the 
company has worked with strategic goals for its HR activ-
ities for several years. 

the chief safety representative at Iggesund Mill talks to one of the operators.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

4 9

A dM InIs t rA tIo n   r e p o r t

The Group’s average number of employees in terms of 
full-time equivalents was 4 577 (4 829) in 2009. The change 
is due to staff cuts at Hallsta Paper Mill and the closure of 
Wargön Mill.

the nUMber Of indUStriaL  aCCidentS  per 1 000 employees 
resulting in more than eight hours of absence fell to 31 (38) 
in the Group. Holmen aims to reduce the number of acci-
dents to fewer than 10 per 1 000 employees by 2011. No 
fatal accidents have occurred involving any of the company’s 
employees for a very long time. 

tOtaL SiCkneSS  abSenCe  continued to decrease at Holmen’s 
units as a result of various measures; it fell to 3.7 per cent 
(4.3) in the Group in 2009. 

the prOpOrtiOn  Of feMaLe  ManagerS  at Holmen’s units is 
increasing year after year and equalled 16 per cent (13) in 
2009. The proportion of women employed in the Group was 
19 per cent. The aim is for the proportion of female manag-
ers to correspond to the proportion of women employed.

Fourteen women are members of the management teams 

of the Group, business areas and mills. Two of Holmen’s 
Board members are women, one of whom was elected by the 
AGM and the other is an employee representative. See note 5 
and pages 36-38 for more details.

eMpLOYee SUrveY.  The Holmen Inblick employee survey was 
conducted in 2009. It showed that Holmen has become a 
better workplace since the previous survey in 2007. Com-
pared to process industries in Europe, Holmen is well above 
average. Many employees are committed to their work situa-
tion, which is illustrated by the response rate of 78 per cent. 
Holmen earmarks significant resources each year to 
develop employees’ skills. This mainly comprises increasing 
professional competence and giving employees the opportu-
nity of advancing to more qualified positions.  

WOrkfOrCe  redUCtiOnS.  In September Holmen decided to 
shut down the older board machine at Workington Mill in 
December 2009. As a result, Holmen reached an agreement 
with the trade union organisations to reduce the number of 
employees by 99. 

The organisation in Braviken is undergoing an overhaul 
to improve efficiency. Following trade union negotiations, 
Holmen decided to make staff cuts that affect 95 employees. 
By February 2010 a total of 35 people had accepted the offer 
of a company pension or retirement pension, and 17 were 
offered employment at Holmen’s new sawmill at Braviken. 
Negotiations with the other employees had not yet been con-
cluded at that point.

environmental information

The environmental aspects of Holmen’s business are regulated 
by laws and permits in each country. The allocation of environ-
mental responsibility and the organisation and management of 
environmental activities are based on the Group’s environmen-
tal policy. At the production sites, various types of rules are 
integrated as key elements in the planning of production and 
investments. Holmen’s environmental policy focuses on the sig-
nificance to the business of energy and climate change issues. 
The environmental standards at Holmen’s facilities are 

high. This is a result of investments made in process and 
treatment equipment, continuous improvements implement-
ed within the framework of the environmental and energy 
management systems at the facilities and statutory supervi-
sion conducted by authorities. 

The environmental activities largely comprise the plan-
ning of issues relating to environmental conditions set by rel-
evant government authorities. The main environmental 
impact of Holmen’s facilities consists of emissions to air and 
water and the occurrence of noise and waste. As considerable 
attention is currently being given to energy and climate 
change, fossil fuels and biofuels are of great interest.

Holmen actively aims to use electricity and heating efficient-

ly, reduce emissions of fossil carbon dioxide and increase its 
self-sufficiency in terms of energy. 

Several projects, studies and corrective measures related to 
the environment were carried out in 2009. The following are a 
sample.

•	

•	

•	

•	

A line for energy-efficient manufacture of thermo- 
mechanical pulp (TMP) was inaugurated at Braviken 
Paper Mill in 2008. Compared to the previous line, the 
electricity required fell by 15–20 per cent in 2009. The 
 target is a 30 per cent reduction.
A new plant for chemical flotation has been in operation 
since the end of the year next to the existing plant (from 
1977) for wastewater treatment at Iggesund Mill. This will 
ensure good conditions in the aquatic environment outside 
the mill for a long time to come.
The Group’s total fossil carbon dioxide emissions fell by 
about 35 per cent from 2008 levels. Emissions were halved 
at the Swedish units. This was the result of gradually 
replacing oil with biofuels and improving energy efficiency. 
Since 2005, fossil carbon dioxide emissions have dropped 
by almost 65 per cent in the Swedish operations.
Several studies were conducted in consultation with the 
environmental authorities at industrial sites which have 
been contaminated by business activities that have been 
discontinued and where Holmen has run operations. In 
2009, studies relating to the sawmills in Stocka, Håsta-
holmen and Lännaholm and the sulphite mills in 
Strömsbruk, Domsjö and Loddby had reached various 
stages. A survey concerning the mechanical pulp mill in 
Bureå was initiated during the year.

5 0

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
•	

Operations at Wargön Mill were closed down at the end of 
2008. During 2009, work was carried out to assess the 
presence of pollutants on the factory site and in buildings. 
This work will be concluded in 2010.  

aCtivitieS in SWeden.  At the turn of 2009/2010 Holmen was 
engaged in environmentally hazardous activities at five facili-
ties that require environmental permits pursuant to the 
Swedish Environmental Protection Act or the Swedish Envi-
ronmental Code. The permits include conditions on emis-
sions allowed to air and water. The permits per facility are 
shown below:

Hallsta Paper Mill 
Braviken Paper Mill 
Iggesund Mill 
Skärnäs Terminal 
Iggesund Sawmill 

permits according to: 

environmental  
protection Act 

environmental 
Code

in  2000 

in  2003 

in  1994 

in  2002

in  1999

Holmen also has a production unit in Strömsbruk with 
operations that the company is obligated to report to author-
ities. The sales from these units accounted for 58 per cent of 
the Group’s net sales. 

In 2009, the first steps were taken to apply for a new envi-
ronmental permit pursuant to the Environmental Code at the 
paperboard mill in Iggesund. Corresponding work was 
launched during the year for Iggesund Sawmill. No other per-
mits of significance need to be renewed or revised in 2010.

Holmen is building a sawmill adjacent to Braviken Paper 
Mill. The county administrative board granted a permit under 
the Environmental Code in 2009 and issued related conditions 
for the construction of the sawmill and the operations that 
will be run there.

Holmen Energi produces electricity at Holmen’s wholly 
and partly owned hydro power plants. The permits, held by all 
the units, for water operations (regulations in the Environ-
mental Code) include environmental conditions. In 2006 a 
decision by the Environmental Court gave the go-ahead to 
construct a new power station on the River Iggesundsån. This 
power plant has been in use since the end of 2009 and replaces 
three old power stations on the site. 

Reviews of past water rights decisions may be requested 
under the Environmental Code. In the case of the river Ljusnan, 
on which Holmen Energi co-owns a few hydro power plants, 
such a review is now underway for expansion of production 
capacity. In river Faxälven’s mountain lakes, of which Holmen 
also has partial ownership, a review has started for regulation 
of lake Limningen. The storage reservoir is on both Swedish 
and Norwegian ground.

The Group’s mills are participating in the EU trade in car-
bon dioxide emission rights. The Swedish mills are also active 
in the trading of electricity certificates. 

The operations at the company’s facilities in Sweden were 

A dM InIs t rA tIo n   r e p o r t

certified at the turn of 2009/2010 in accordance with ISO 
14001 (environmental management system) and SS 627750 
(energy management system). The forestry operations were 
certified in accordance with ISO 14001, Forest Stewardship 
Council (FSC) and the Programme for the Endorsement of 
Forest Certification schemes (PEFC).

During the year there were a number of cases of exceeded 

threshold values, complaints and incidents in the industrial 
and forestry operations. None of them had any environmental 
impact or effect on earnings, and they were all resolved by 
means of corrective measures in accordance with the opera-
tions’ environmental management systems.

aCtivitieS  OUtSide SWeden.  Of the Group’s operations out-
side Sweden, the facilities in Workington, the UK, and in 
Madrid, Spain, have some kind of environmental impact. 
The sales from these facilities accounted for 21 per cent of 
the Group’s net sales.

In 2002, Workington Mill received an environmental per-
mit for its activities pursuant to the EU’s IPPC Directive. In 
2006, Holmen Paper Madrid received an environmental per-
mit pursuant to the same Directive. 

The mills in Workington and Madrid are certified in 
accordance with ISO 14001. An energy management system 
was introduced and certified at the mill in Madrid in 2009. 
Workington Mill has been running its business in accordance 
with a certifiable energy management system since the begin-
ning of 2008. 

sustainability report

Holmen’s HR and environmental activities in 2009 are 
described in the sustainability report titled Holmen and its 
World 2009, which will be published at the end of March 
2010. It will also be published on the website, where links to 
supplementary environmental information will be available. 
Together, these constitute Holmen’s complete sustainability 
report for 2009.

the majority of seedlings planted in Holmen’s forests come
from the company’s own nurseries.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

5 1

 
 
 
 
 
A d m i n i s t rA t i o n   r e p o r t

Income statement

GroUp, seKm

Net sales

Other operating income 

Change in inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Staff costs

Other operating costs

Depreciation and amortisation according to plan

Impairment losses

Change in value of biological assets

Interest in earnings of associates

operating profit 

Finance income 

Finance costs

profit before tax

Tax

profit for the year

Attributable to: 
owners of the parent company

Earnings per share (SEK)

  basic

  diluted

Average number of shares (million)

  basic

  diluted

note

3

4

5

6, 21

10, 11

10, 11

12

13

7

7

8

9

9

2009

18 071

600

-381

-9 017

-2 662

-3 709

-1 320

-22

16

45

1 620

12

-267

1 366

-360

1 006

1 006

12.0

12.0

84.0

84.0

2008

19 334

755

106

-10 929

-2 965

-3 885

-1 343

-57

-16

50

1 051

17

-328

740

-98

642

642

7.6

7,6

84.3

84.3 

Statement of comprehensive income

note

GroUp, seKm

profit for the year

other comprehensive income

Cash flow hedging

Revaluation of derivatives recognised in equity

Transferred from equity to the income statement

Transferred from equity to non-current assets

Actuarial gains and losses in respect of pensions,  
incl. special employer’s contributions

Translation difference on foreign operation

Hedging of currency risk in foreign operation

Tax attributable to other comprehensive income

8

total other comprehensive income

total comprehensive income

Attributable to:  
owners of the parent company

2009

1 006

567

343

-1

15

-256

254

-310

613

1 619

1 619

2008

642

-1 272

309

-1

-169

445

-541

452

-778

-135

-135

5 2

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
Balance sheet

GroUp at 31 december, seKm

non-current assets

Intangible non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Biological assets

Interests in associates

Other shares and participating interests

Non-current financial receivables

Deferred tax assets

total non-current assets

Current assets 

Inventories

Trade receivables

Current tax receivable

Other operating receivables

Current financial receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

total current assets

total assets

equity

Share capital

Other contributed capital

Reserves

Retained earnings incl. profit for the year

total equity attributable to the owners of the parent company

non-current liabilities 

Non-current financial liabilities 

Pension provisions

Other provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities

total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Current financial liabilities

Trade payables

Current tax liability

Provisions

Other operating liabilities

total current liabilities

total liabilities

total equity and liabilities

note

10

11

12

13

13

14

8

15

16

8

16

14

14

17

14

18

8, 19

8

14

20

8

19

20

For information on the Group’s pledged collateral and contingent liabilities see note 22.

A d m i n i s t rA t i o n   r e p o r t

2009

27

12 473

11 109

1 770

10

151

304

25 845

2 850

2 712

22

490

74

182

6 331

32 176

4 238

281

-70

12 056

16 504

3 472

320

1 102

5 045

9 939

2 298

1 911

102

274

1 149

5 733

15 672

32 176

2008

106

13 142

11 080

1 824

11

87

342

26 593

3 434

3 144

141

548

88

653

8 009

34 602

4 238

281

-672

11 795

15 641

3 223

354

1 080

4 819

9 475

4 756

2 282

14

277

2 157

9 486

18 960

34 602

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

5 3

A d m i n i s t rA t i o n   r e p o r t

Changes in equity

GroUp, seKm

opening equity 1 Jan 2008

Comprehensive income

Dividends paid 

Buy-backs of company’s own shares 

Premiums received for issued call options 

Closing equity 31 dec 2008

Comprehensive income

Dividends paid 

Closing equity 31 dec 2009

reserves

Share capital

Other contri b­
uted capital

Translation 
reserve

4 238

-

4 238

-

4 238

281

-

281

-

281

39

56

94

-68

26

Hedge  
reserve

-55

-712

-767

670

-96

Retaind earn­
ings incl. profit  
for the year

12 429

521

-1 017

-153

15

11 795

1 017

-756

12 056

Total  
equity

16 932

-135

-1 017

-153

15

15 641

1 619

-756

16 504

5 4

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow statement

A d m i n i s t rA t i o n   r e p o r t

note

26

26

GroUp, seKm

operating activities
Profit before tax
Adjustments for non-cash items
  Depreciation and amortisation according to plan
  Change in value of biological assets
  Change in provisions
  Other*
Paid income taxes
Cash flow from operating activities    
before changes in working capital

Cash flow from changes in working capital 
Change in inventories
Change in trade receivables and other operating receivables
Change in trade payables and other operating liabilities
Cash flow from operating activities

investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of intangible non-current assets
Acquisition of biological assets
Disposal of biological assets
Increase in non-current financial receivables
Repayment of non-current financial receivables 
Acquisition of shares and participating interests
Disposal of shares and participating interests
Cash flow from investing activities

Financing activities 
Raised long-term loans
Repayments of long-term loans
Change in current financial liabilities
Change in current financial receivables
Buy-back of company’s own shares
Premiums received for issued call options
Dividends paid to the owners of the parent company
Cash flow from financing activities

Cash flow for the year
Opening cash and cash equivalents
Exchange difference in cash and cash equivalents
Closing cash and cash equivalents

2009

1 366   

1 320   
-16   
15   
-157   
-334   

2 195   

621   
445   
-389   
2 873   

-747   
28   
0   
-5   
5   
-107   
3   
-6   
12   
-818   

1 492   
-584   
-2 672   
-1   
-   
-   
-756   
-2 522   

-467   
653   
-4   
182   

2008

740   

1 343   
16   
310   
128   
-192   

2 345   

-373
-40
-273
1 660

-1 135
23
-8
-12
12
0
0
-5
2
-1 124

927
-109
31
17
-153
15
-1 017
-289

247
394
12
653

*  Other adjustments primarily consist of currency effects and the marking to market of financial instruments, profit/loss from associates, 

 impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses on non-current assets as well as gains/losses on sale of non-current assets. 

Change in net financial debt

Opening net financial debt
Cash flow

Operating activities
Investing activities (excl. non-current financial receivables)
Buy-back of company’s own shares
Premiums received for issued call options
Dividends paid

Actuarial revaluation of pension liability
Foreign exchange effects and changes in fair value
Closing net financial debt

2009

-7 504

2 873
-714
-   
-   
- 756
 13
 405
-5 683

2008

-5 977

1 660
-1 124
-153
15
-1 017
-162
-746
-7 504

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

5 5

 
A d m i n i s t rA t i o n   r e p o r t

Parent company

inCome stAtement, seKm

note    

2009

2008

CAsH FLoW stAtement, seKm

note

2009

2008

13 436

14 382

447

-368

-6 791

-1 929

-3 907

-27

861

1 156

0

18

-436

8

1 607

388

1 995

-331

1 664

596

101

-8 252

-2 320

-4 296

-24

186

15

1

91

-

-867

-575

-56

-630

195

-436

2009

1 664

2008

-436

operating activities

Profit/Loss after financial items

Adjustments for non-cash items

  Depreciation and amortisation  
  according to plan

  Change in provisions

  Other *

Paid income taxes

Cash flow from operating activities  
before changes in working capital

Cash flow from changes in working capital

Change in inventories

Change in operating receivables

Change in operating liabilities

Cash flow from operating activities

investing activities

Shareholders’ contribution paid

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of intangible non-current assets

Disposal of intangible non-current assets

Increase in external non-current  
financial receivables 

Repayment of external non-current  
financial receivables 

Acquisition of subsidiaries

-1 470

Disposal of subsidiaries

516

403

-1

-242

677

323

-1

302

-845

2 341

-1 281

26

1 607   

-575

27   

24

-98   

31   

-323   

451

624

-167

1 244   

357

523   

392   

-298   

1 861 

-329

-40

8

-   

-   

-1   

-2   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-299

-128

87

18

-228  

-49

15

-8

0

0

0

-208

0

-5

1

Acquisition of shares and participating interests 

Disposal of shares and participating interests

Cash flow from investing activities

-363   

-482

Financing activities

Raised external long-term loans

Repayments of external long-term loans

Change in other financial liabilities

26

Change in other financial receivables

Buyback of company’s own shares

Premiums received for issued call options

Dividends paid to the owners  
of the parent company

Group contributions received

Group contributions paid

Cash flow from financing activities

Cash flow for the year

Opening cash and cash equivalents

Closing cash and cash equivalents

1 492 

-563

-4 124   

1 132   

-   

-   

927

-106

386

1

-153

15

-756   

-1 017

866   

-   

-1 952   

-454   

542   

88   

656

-4

703

239

303

542

*   Other adjustments primarily consist of currency effects and the marking to 

 market of financial instruments, impairment losses on non-current assets as 
well as gains/losses on sale of non-current assets.

Net sales

Other operating income

Change in inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Staff costs

Other external costs

Depreciation and amortisation  
according to plan

operating profit  

Income from interests in Group companies

Income from interests in associates

Interest income and similar income

Impairment losses on financial  
non-current assets

Interest costs and similar costs

profit/Loss after financial items

Appropriations

profit/Loss before tax

Tax

profit/Loss for the year

3

4

5

6, 21

10,11

7

7

7

7, 24

7

25

8

stAtement oF CompreHensiVe inCome, seKm

profit/Loss for the year

other comprehensive income

Cash flow hedges

Revaluation of derivatives recognised in equity

Transferred from equity to the income statement

Transferred from equity to non-current assets

Tax attributable to other comprehensive income

total other comprehensive income

total comprehensive income

5 6

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
BALAnCe sHeet,  
at 31 december, seKm

Assets

non-current assets

Intangible non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Financial non-current assets

  Shares and participations

note    

2009

2008

BALAnCe sHeet,  
at 31 december, seKm

equity and liabilities

equity

10

11

15   

76

Restricted equity

2 590   

2 575

  Share capital 

  Statutory reserve

13, 24

14 411   

15 591

  Revaluation reserve

  Non-current financial receivables

14

2 629   

2 722

Non-restricted equity

total non-current assets

19 645   

20 963

  Retained earnings incl. hedge reserve

Current assets

Inventories

Operating receivables

Current tax receivable

Current investments

Cash and cash equivalents

total current assets

total assets

15

16

8

14

14

2 142   

2 371   

2 629

2 764

-   

74   

88   

117 

88

542

4 675   

6 140

24 320   

27 103

  Profit/Loss for the year

total equity

Untaxed reserves

provisions

Pension provisions 

Tax provisions

Other provisions

Deferred tax liability

total provisions

Liabilities

Non-current financial liabilities

Current financial liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Operating liabilities

total liabilities

total equity and liabilities

pledged collateral and contingent liabilities

Pledged collateral

Contingent liabilities

A d m i n i s t rA t i o n   r e p o r t

note    

2009

2008

17

4 238   

1 577   

100   

4 238

1 577

100

3 112   

1 664   

2 989

-436

10 691   

8 468

25

2 363   

2 751

18

8, 19

19

8

14

14

8

20

22

22

43   

45   

559   

538   

64

45

650

272

1 185   

1 031

5 652   

1 916   

94   

6 464

4 713

-

2 419   

3 676

10 081   

14 853

24 320   

27 103

2009

2008

6

688

6

766

CHAnGes in eqUity, seKm

Share capital

Statutory 
 reserve

Revaluation 
reserve

Hedge  
reserve

Retained  
earnings

Profit/Loss 
for the year

Total equity

restricted equity

non-restricted equity

opening equity 1 Jan 2008

Appropriation of profits

Total comprehensive income 

Group contributions received

Dividends paid 

Buy-backs of company’s own shares 

Premiums received for issued call options 

4 238

1 577

100

19

-845

Closing equity 31 dec 2008

4 238

1 577

100

-826

Appropriation of profits

Total comprehensive income 

Group contributions received

Dividends paid 

Closing equity 31 dec 2009

677

4 238

1 577

100

-149

5 049

-548

472

-1 017

-153

15

3 815

-436

638

-756

3 261

-548

548

-436

-436

436

1 664

10 435

-

-1 281

472

-1 017

-153

15

8 468

-

2 341

638

-756

1 664

10 691

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

5 7

 
 
n o t e s

Notes to the financial statements

Amounts in SEKm, except where otherwise stated

note 1 Accounting policies

The accounting policies for the Group presented below have been applied con­
sistently to all periods included in the Group’s financial statements except where 
otherwise stated below. The Group’s accounting policies have been applied con­
sistently to the reporting by and the consolidation of the parent company, sub­
sidiaries and associates. 

Compliance with standards and statutory  
requirements 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB) and the interpretative recommendations issued by the 
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), which have 
been approved by the EU. The Swedish Financial Reporting Board’s recommenda­
tion (RFR 1.2 Supplementary Accounting Rules for Groups) has also been applied. 

The parent company applies the same accounting policies as the Group except 
in the cases that are commented on separately under each section. The parent 
company’s accounts are prepared in accordance with RFR 2.2 Accounting for 
Legal Entities. The differences between the policies applied by the parent com­
pany and those applied by the Group are due to restrictions in the possibilities of 
the parent company to apply IFRS as a consequence of the Swedish Annual 
Accounts Act, Tryggandelagen (a Swedish act safeguarding pension obligations), 
and in some cases due to tax reasons. 

Valuation principles applied in preparing of the 
financial statements of the parent company and 
the Group  

Assets and liabilities are stated at acquisition cost, except for biological assets and 
certain financial assets and liabilities, which are valued at fair value. In the parent 
company biological assets and financial liabilities are not valued at fair value.

Functional currency and reporting currency

The functional currency is the currency used in the primary financial environ­
ments in which the companies conduct their business. The parent company’s 
functional currency is the Swedish krona, (SEK), which is also the reporting cur­
rency of the parent company and the Group. This means that the financial reports 
are presented in Swedish kronor. 

Assessments and estimates in the financial 
 statements

Preparing the financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the compa­
ny’s management to make assessments and estimates, as well as to make as­
sumptions that affect the application of the accounting policies and the recog­
nised amounts for assets, liabilities, income and costs. The actual outcome may 
deviate from these assessments and estimates.

The estimates and assumptions are reviewed regularly. Changes in estimates are 
recognised in the accounts for the period in which the change is made if the 
change only affects that period, or in the period the change is made and in later 
periods if the change affects current and coming periods. See also note 27 Key 
 assessments and estimates.

Changes in accounting policies 

The following section describes the amended accounting policies that the Group 
has applied since 1 January 2009. Other IFRS amendments effective as of 2009 
have had no material impact on the Group’s accounts.

Presentation of the financial statements
The Group has applied the amended IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements 

since 1 January 2009. As a result of the amendment, income and costs previous­
ly recognised directly in equity are instead now recognised in other comprehen­
sive income, which Holmen presents in a separate statement titled statement of 
comprehensive income, directly following the income statement. Another result 
of the amendment is that Holmen has added a statement of changes in equity. 
Comparative periods have been adapted throughout the annual report to follow 
the new presentation. The changes only affect presentation, so no amounts have 
been restated – neither regarding earnings per share nor other line items in the fi­
nancial statements.

segment reporting
The Group has applied the new IFRS 8 Operating Segments since 1 January 
2009; this replaces IAS 14 Segment Reporting. IFRS 8 introduces a management 
perspective on how to define and present operating segments. The standard has 
been applied in accordance with its transitional provisions, by adapting the data 
for the comparative year to the requirements in IFRS 8. Application of IFRS 8 has 
not entailed any change to segmentation at Holmen, because the segments 
identified according to IAS 14 are those that Holmen’s president and CEO follows 
up. The company continues to apply the same accounting policies in its operat­
ing segments as in the consolidated accounts, i.e. IFRSs, so none of the recog­
nised amounts have changed from those previously recognised.

Disclosures about financial instruments
As a result of amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments, disclosures applicable 
as of 1 January 2009 affect Holmen’s financial reporting, starting with the annual re­
port for 2009. The amendments mainly comprise new requirements on disclosures 
about financial instruments measured at fair value on the balance sheet. Each in­
strument is classified as belonging to one of three levels depending on the quality of 
the input data in the measurement. The classification determines which disclosures 
to state about the instruments and how to disclose them; level 3, with the lowest in­
put data quality, is subject to more disclosure requirements than the other levels.  
These disclosure requirements primarily affected notes 7 and 14. The IFRS 7 
amendments also entail certain changes to liquidity risk disclosures. Pursuant to the 
transitional provisions in IFRS 7, comparative data have not been stated during the 
first year of application for the disclosures required by the amendments.

Borrowing costs
The Group has applied the amended IAS 23 Borrowing Costs since 1 January 
2009. As a result of the amendment, the Group capitalises borrowing costs in the 
acquisition cost of qualifying assets with a commencement date of 1 January 
2009 or later. Previously, borrowing costs affected profit/loss in the period to 
which they were attributable instead of being capitalised. The amendment is be­
ing applied prospectively, in accordance with the transitional provisions in IAS 23. 
For a more detailed description of this accounting policy, see the section titled 
Finance income and costs further on in this note. 

new and amended accounting policies applicable as of 2010
A number of new or amended IFRSs are not effective until the coming financial 
year, and Holmen has opted not to apply any of these standards in advance. 
Similarly, there are no plans to apply any of the new or amended standards in ad­
vance that come into effect in financial years after 2010. New or amended IFRSs 
applicable as of 2010 are not estimated to have any material impact on the finan­
cial statements.

Parent company
In addition to the amended accounting policies stated above for the Group, the 
following changes affected the parent company in 2009. 

Recommendation RFR 2.2. Accounting for Legal Entities, issued by the Swedish 
Financial Reporting Board, states that the amended version of IAS 1 Presentation 
of Financial Statements shall be applied with certain exceptions. One effect for 
the parent company compared to previous reporting is that a statement of com­
prehensive income has been added after the income statement. Another effect is 
that Holmen has added a statement of changes in equity. 

segment reporting 

The Group’s operations are divided into operating segments, based on which 

5 8

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

n o t e s

parts of the operation the company’s highest executive decision­maker follows 
up, known as the management approach. The segmentation criterion is based on 
the Group’s business areas. This agrees with the Group’s operating structure and 
the internal reporting to the CEO and the Board. The items recognised in the in­
come, assets and liabilities of the operating segment are measured in accord­
ance with the income, assets and liabilities that the company’s highest executive 
decision­maker follows up. See note 3 for more details of the classification and 
presentation of operating segments.

Classification etc

Substantially, non­current assets, non­current liabilities and provisions consist 
solely of amounts that are expected to be recovered or paid more than 12 
months after the balance sheet date. Substantially, current assets and current 
 liabilities consist of amounts that are expected to be recovered or paid within  
12 months of the balance sheet date.

Consolidation principles 

subsidiaries
A subsidiary is a company over which the parent company, Holmen AB, exer­
cises control. Control means the right directly or indirectly, to formulate a com­
pany’s financial and operative strategies with the object of obtaining economic 
benefits. In the determination of whether one company has control over another, 
potential shares with an entitlement to vote and that can be exercised or convert­
ed at short notice are taken into account.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared using the acquisition meth­
od, whereby the parent company indirectly acquires the assets and assumes the 
liabilities of the subsidiary, valued at fair value. The difference between the acqui­
sition cost of the shares and the fair value of the acquired identifiable net assets 
is treated as goodwill. The subsidiary companies’ income and costs, and their 
assets and liabilities, are stated in the consolidated financial statements as of the 
date when the Group gains control (acquisition date) until such time as the Group 
no longer has control. Intra­Group receivables and liabilities, transactions be­
tween companies in the Group and therewith related unrealised gains are elimi­
nated in their entirety.

Associates
Shareholdings in associates, in which the Group controls a minimum of 20 per 
cent and a maximum of 50 per cent of the votes, or otherwise exercises a signifi­
cant influence, are stated in accordance with the equity method. 

The equity method means that the carrying amount of the shares in the associ­
ates stated in the consolidated accounts corresponds to the Group’s interest in 
the associates’ equity and any fair value adjustments arising upon consolidation. 
The Group’s interest in the net earnings of associates after tax attributable to par­
ent company owners adjusted for any amortisation or reversal of acquired fair 
value adjustments. respectively is stated in the consolidated income statement 
as “Interest in earnings of associates”. Dividends received from the associates 
reduce the carrying amount of the investment. Unrealised gains arising as a con­
sequence of transactions with associates are eliminated in relation to the owned 
share of capital.

When the Group’s interest in the recognised losses of the associates exceeds the 
carrying amount of the interests stated in the consolidated accounts’ the value of 
the interests is written down to zero. Losses are also offset against unsecured 
long­term financial balances that, in financial terms, consist of part of the owning 
company’s net investment in the associates. Any further losses are not recog­
nised unless the Group has provided guarantees to cover losses incurred by the 
associates. The equity method is applied until such time as the significant influ­
ence no longer exists.

Foreign currency 

transactions denominated in foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at 
the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. Monetary assets and lia­
bilities in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at closing 
rates. Exchange differences arising on such translations are stated in the income 

statement. Non­monetary assets and liabilities that are stated at historical acqui­
sition cost are translated at the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction date.

Financial statements of foreign operations 
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and other fair 
value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated in the consolidated fi­
nancial statements, from the foreign operation’s functional currency, to the 
Group’s reporting currency (Swedish kronor) at closing rates. The income and 
costs of foreign operations are translated into Swedish kronor at an average rate 
that is an approximation of the exchange rates prevailing on the date of each 
transaction. Differences arising during the currency translation of foreign opera­
tions and the related effects of hedging net investments are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and are accumulated in a separate component of equity 
called the translation reserve. In the disposal of a foreign operation, the accumu­
lated translation differences attributable to the business are realised, less any 
currency hedging, in the consolidated income statement. The company opted to 
value the accumulated translation differences attributable to foreign operations 
at zero at the time of the changeover to IFRS.

Companies operating on behalf of the parent 
company 

The parent company’s business is largely conducted through companies operat­
ing on its behalf: Holmen Paper AB, Iggesund Paperboard AB, Holmen Timber 
AB, Holmen Skog AB and Holmen Energi AB. 

The parent company is liable for all commitments entered into by these compa­
nies. All income, costs, assets and liabilities, which arise in the operations con­
ducted by the companies, are recognised in Holmen AB’s accounts except most 
parts of investments made as well as some sale of forest properties, that are in­
stead recognised in some of the Group’s subsidiaries.

Income 

net sales 
Net sales refers to invoiced sales (excluding value added tax) of products, wood 
and energy. The amount recognised is reduced by discounts, and similar reduc­
tions in income, and also includes exchange differences  related to the sales. 
Sales are recognised after the critical risks and benefits associated with owner­
ship of the sold goods have been transferred to the buyer, and there is no remain­
ing right or possibility to retain actual control over the sold goods. 

other operating income
Income from activities not forming part of the company’s main business is stated 
as other operating income. This item mainly comprises sales of bi­products, rent 
and land lease income, income from allotted electricity certificates, income 
earned from emission rights and gains/losses on sales of non­current assets.

State grants are recognised in the balance sheet as deferred income when it is 
reasonably certain that the grant will be received and that the Group will satisfy 
the conditions associated with the grant. Grants are distributed systematically in 
the income statement in the same way and over the same periods as the costs 
the grants are intended to cover. State grants related to assets are recognised in 
the balance sheet as a reduction in the carrying amount of the asset.

Finance income and costs

Finance income and costs consist of interest income and interest costs, dividend 
income and revaluations of financial instruments valued at fair value, as well as 
unrealised and realised currency gains and losses. Interest income on receiva­
bles and interest costs on liabilities are calculated by using the effective interest 
method. Interest costs include transaction costs for loans, which have been dis­
tributed over the duration of the loan; this also applies to any difference between 
the funds received and the repayment amount. Dividend income is recognised 
when the dividend is established and the right to receive payment is judged to be 
certain. 

Interest costs normally affect profit/loss in the period to which they relate. 
Borrowing costs attributable to the purchase, construction or production of qual­
ifying assets are to be capitalised as part of the asset’s cost. A qualifying asset is 

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

5 9

n o t e s

an asset that takes a substantial period of time to get ready for intended use. 
Borrowing costs for significant investment projects are capitalised in the Group. 
Note 11 describes the method applied.

taxes

Income taxes comprise current tax and deferred tax. Income taxes are recognised 
in the income statement except when underlying transactions are recognised in 
other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the associated tax 
effect is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. 
Current tax is the tax to be paid or received for the year in question, using the tax 
rates that have been decided on, or to all intents and purposes have been decided 
on at the balance sheet date. This also includes any adjustment to current tax at­
tributable to previous periods. Deferred tax is calculated using the balance sheet 
method on the basis of temporary differences between carrying amounts and 
 values for tax purposes of assets and liabilities, applying the tax rates and rules 
that have been approved or announced at the balance sheet date. Temporary differ­
ences are not taken into account in goodwill arising upon consolidation, nor in 
tempo rary differences attribut able to interests in subsidiaries and associates that 
are not expected to become liable to taxation in the foreseeable future. In the 
 parent company’s  accounts, untaxed reserves are recognised inclusive of deferred 
tax liability. 

Deferred tax assets in respect of tax­deductible temporary differences and loss 
carry­forwards are recognised only to the extent that it is likely they will be uti­
lised and entail lower tax payments in the future. Deferred tax assets and 
 deferred tax liabilities in the same country are recognised net.

earnings per share

The  calculation of earnings per share (EPS) is based on the Group’s profit for the 
year attributable to the parent company’s owners and the weighted average 
number of shares outstanding during the year. In calculating diluted EPS, the 
earnings and the average number of shares are adjusted to take account of the 
effects of any potential ordinary shares having a diluting effect, which during 
reported periods stem from call options acquired by employees within the frame­
work of the incentive scheme. The dilution effect of options affects the number of 
shares and only arises when the exercise price is lower than the listed price, and 
is larger the wider the spread between the exercise price and the listed price.

Financial instruments

Financial instruments are valued and recognised in the consolidated financial state­
ments in accordance with IAS 39. The parent company applies the same policies, 
subject to the restrictions referred to in Chapter 4 Section 14 of the Swedish Annual 
Accounts Act. 

A financial asset or liability is stated in the balance sheet when the company be­
comes a party in accordance with the contractual conditions of the instrument. A 
financial asset is removed from the balance sheet when the rights referred to in 
the contract have been realised or mature, or when the company no longer has 
control over them. A financial liability is removed from the balance sheet when the 
undertaking in the contract is performed or expires in some other way. Spot 
transactions are stated in accordance with the settlement date principle.

Bank balances, loan receivables and trade receivables are measured at amor­
tised cost. Impairment testing is performed continually, using objective criteria 
for such assets. Impairment losses are recognised for the asset if impairment is 
established.  However, a provision is made if a loss is anticipated. Criteria taken 
into account when making a provision may include non­payment of invoices or 
other indications that the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. Shares and 
participating interests not related to Group companies or associates are meas­
ured at cost. Measurement at fair value could not be applied, because reliable 
market values could not be established.

Financial liabilities are valued initially at the value of funds received after deduction 
of any transaction costs. Normally, the liabilities are valued regularly at their amor­
tised cost using the effective interest method. In those cases where funds received 
fall short of the amount to be repaid, the difference is allocated over the duration of 
the loan using the effective interest method. Loans hedged against changes in 
 value and loans recognised on the basis of the fair value option are initially recog­
nised excluding any transaction costs and on an ongoing basis at their fair value. 

The fair value option has been applied to one loan with the object of arriving at a 
fairer presentation of results and thereby reflecting changes in the value of the in­
terest rate swap that belongs to the loan. In the parent company, no loans were 
measured at fair value. Profit/loss from financial instruments is recognised in net 
 financial items or operating profit/loss, depending on the purpose of the holding.

Derivatives and hedge accounting

All derivatives are valued at fair value and are recognised in the balance sheet. 
More or less all derivatives are held for hedging purposes. 

Cash flow hedges’ effective share of changes in value is recognised in other 
comprehensive income until the time when the hedged item influences the in­
come statement, when the accumulated changes in value are transferred from 
other comprehensive income to the income statement to meet and match the 
hedged transaction. In the case of hedging investments, the acquisition cost of 
the hedged item is instead adjusted when it occurs. The ineffective part of the 
hedge is recognised directly in the income statement. 

For the hedging of fair value, the change in the value of the derivative is recog­
nised directly in the income statement.  Changes in the value of the hedged item 
are recognised in a corresponding way.

Changes in the value of hedges relating to net investments in foreign businesses 
are recognised in the income statement for the parent company and in the other 
comprehensive income for the Group. Accumulated changes in value are re­
tained in Group equity until the business is disposed of, when the accumulated 
changes in value are recognised in the income statement. In the case of deriva­
tives that do not fulfil the criteria for hedge accounting, the changes in value are 
recognised within operating profit/loss or within net financial items, depending on 
the purpose of the holding.

Computation of fair value

The fair value of financial instruments traded on an active market is based on list­
ed market prices and belongs to measurement level 1 as per IFRS 7. Where there 
are no listed market prices, fair value has been computed using discounted cash 
flows. In calculating discounted cash flows, all variables used in the calculation – 
such as discount rates and exchange rates – are taken from market listings where 
possible. These measurements belong to level 2. Other measurements, for which 
a variable is based on the company’s own assessments, belong to level 3. 
Holmen’s transactions mainly belong to level 2, except for one transaction classi­
fied as level 3. Currency options were measured using the Black & Scholes 
formula.

Intangible non-current assets

Goodwill represents the difference between the acquisition cost of business 
combinations and the fair value of the acquired assets, assumed liabilities and 
contingent liabilities. Goodwill is valued at acquisition cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. Goodwill arising in connection with the acquisition of associ­
ates is included in the carrying amount of the interest in such companies. 

Research costs are expensed when they are incurred. Development costs are 
only capitalised in the case of major projects to the extent that their future finan­
cial benefits can be reliably assessed. Other development expenditure is recog­
nised in the income statement as costs when incurred. Development costs rec­
ognised in the balance sheet are stated at their acquisition cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses.  

Intangible non­current assets also include patents, licences and IT systems. 
Intangible non­current assets are amortised over periods of between five and ten 
years,  except for goodwill. Any goodwill is allotted to cash­generating units and 
is tested for impairment annually. The Group does not currently recognise any 
goodwill.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at acquisition cost after deduction of 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. Property, plant and equip­
ment that consist of parts with different useful lives are treated as separate com­

6 0

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

n o t e s

ponents of property, plant and equipment. Additional expenditure is capitalised 
only if it is estimated to generate financial benefits for the company. The key fac­
tor determining whether or not additional expenditure is capitalised is if it relates 
to the replacement of identified components or parts thereof, in which case the 
expenditure is capitalised. The cost is also capitalised in cases where a new 
component is created. Any undepreciated carrying amounts for replaced compo­
nents or parts of components are retired and expensed in connection with the 
replacement. 

The carrying amount of an item of property, plant or equipment is removed from 
the balance sheet in connection with retirement or disposal of the asset or when 
no future financial benefits can be expected from the use of the asset. The gain or 
loss arising on the retirement or disposal of an asset consists of the difference 
between the selling price and the carrying amount of the asset, less any direct 
selling costs. Gain and losses are recognised in the accounts as other operating 
income/costs.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of acquisition cost or production cost after de­
duction for necessary obsolescence, or net realisable value. The acquisition cost 
of inventories is calculated by using the First in, First out method (FIFO). The net 
realisable value is the estimated selling price in operating activities after deduc­
tion of the estimated costs of completion and effecting the sale. The acquisition 
cost of finished products manufactured by the company comprises direct pro­
duction costs and a reasonable share of indirect costs. 

Emission rights received are initially recognised at market price when allotted 
among inventories and as deferred income. During the year the allocation is rec­
ognised as income at the same time as an interim liability, corresponding to emis­
sions made, is expensed.

employee benefits

Depreciation according to plan is based on original acquisition cost less any 
 impairment losses. Depreciation takes place on a straight­line basis over the 
 estimated useful life of the asset. Land is not depreciated.

Pension costs and pension commitments
Commitments to pay premiums to defined contribution plans are recognised as a 
cost in the income statement as and when they are earned.

the following useful lives (years) are used:

Machinery for hydro power production 
Administrative and warehouse buildings, residential properties 
Production buildings, land installations, and  
machinery for pulp, paper and paperboard production 
Machinery for sawmills 
Other machinery 
Forest roads  
Equipment 

20–40
20–33

20
12
10
10
4

The Group’s net commitment in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated 
separately for each plan by estimating the future benefits the em ployees will have 
earned by virtue of their employment in current and earlier periods; these benefits 
are discounted to their present value and any unrecognised costs in respect of 
employment during earlier periods and the fair value of any plan assets are de­
ducted. The discount rate is the interest rate at the balance sheet date for a first 
class corporate bond with a duration corresponding to the Group’s pension com­
mitments. If there is no active market for such corporate bonds the market inter­
est rate for government bonds with a corresponding duration is used instead. 
The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit 
method for the part of the pension commitments that is defined benefit. 

If there is any indication that the carrying amount is too high, an analysis is made in 
which the recoverable value of single or inherently related assets is determined at 
the higher of the net selling price and the utility value. The net selling price is the es­
timated selling price after deduction of the estimated cost of selling the asset. The 
utility value is measured as expected future discounted cash flow. An impairment 
loss consists of the amount by which the recoverable amount falls short of the car­
rying amount. Impairment loss is reversed if there has been any positive change in 
the circumstances upon which the determination of the recoverable amount is 
based. A reversal may be made up to, but not exceeding, the carrying amount that 
would have been recognised, less depreciation, if there had been no impairment. 

Leasing

In the consolidated accounts lease agreements are classified as finance leases 
or operating leases. The leasing of non­current assets for which the Group is 
substantially exposed to the same risks and benefits as if the asset were directly 
owned is classified as finance leases. The leasing of assets over which the lessor 
substantially retains ownership is classified as operating leases and the leasing 
charge is expensed. Within the Group all lease agreements are classified as oper­
ating leases. 

Biological assets

The Group divides all its forest assets for accounting purposes into growing for­
ests, which are recognised as biological assets at fair value, and land, which is 
stated at acquisition cost. Any changes in the fair value of the growing forests are 
recognised in the income statement. Holmen’s assessment is that there are no 
relevant market prices availiable that can be used to value forest holdings as ex­
tensive as Holmen’s. They are therefore valued by estimating the present value of 
expected future cash flows from the growing forests. See note 12.

In the parent company, biological assets are valued in accordance with RFR 2.2. 
This means that biological assets classified as non­current assets are recognised 
at acquisition cost adjusted for revaluations taking into account the need, if any, 
for impairment in value.

Felling rights are stated as inventories. They are acquired with a view to secure 
Holmen’s raw material requirements through harvesting. Any measurable biologi­
cal change does not occur between the acquisition date and harvesting. 

When the present value of the commitments and the fair value of plan assets are 
being determined, actuarial gains and losses may arise, either as a result of the 
actual outcome deviating from earlier assumptions or because the assumptions 
are changed. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised directly in other compre­
hensive income.

When the benefits provided by a plan are improved, the proportion of the im­
provement in the benefit that is attributable to the employees’ employment dur­
ing earlier periods is recognised as a cost in the income statement and is distrib­
uted on a straight­line basis over the average period until the benefits have been 
fully earned. If the  benefit has been earned in full, a cost is recognised directly in 
the income statement.

In the parent company’s accounts, different grounds are used for computation of 
defined benefit pension plans than those referred to in IAS 19. The parent com­
pany complies with the provisions of the Swedish pension security law 
(Tryggandelagen) and the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority’s regulations, 
because this is a condition for the right to make deductions for tax purposes. The 
main differences in relation to the rules in IAS 19 relate to how the discount rate of 
interest is established, the computation of the defined benefit commitment on 
the basis of the current pay level without any assumption regarding pay incre­
ments in the future, and the recognition of all actuarial gains and losses in the in­
come statement when they arise.

When there is a difference between how the pension cost is arrived at in the legal 
entity and in the Group, a provision or a receivable is recognised in the consoli­
dated accounts in respect of special employer’s contribution tax based on this 
difference. The present value of the provision or receivable is not calculated.

termination benefits
Termination benefits in connection with the termination of employment contracts 
are only recognised in the accounts if it is shown that the Group has an obliga­
tion, without any reasonable possibility of withdrawing it, as a result of a formal, 
detailed plan to terminate an employment contract before the normal date. When 
benefits are paid in the form of an offer to encourage voluntary departure, a cost 
is recognised if it is likely that the offer will be accepted and the number of em­
ployees who will accept the offer can be reliably estimated. 

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

6 1

                                                                                                                                                         
n o t e s

short-term benefits
Short­term benefits to employees are calculated without being discounted and 
are recognised as a cost when the related services are provided. 

Incentive scheme
The Holmen Group’s incentive scheme that runs from 2008 until 2013 is not sub­
ject to the rules in IFRS 2 Share­based Payment, because the employees were 
invited to acquire call options at their market price.

equity

Consolidated equity comprises share capital, other contributed capital, translation 
and hedge reserves and retained earnings, including profit/loss for the year. Other 
contributed capital refers to premiums paid in conjunction with share issues. The 
translation reserve consists of all exchange differences that arise in the translation 
of foreign operations’ financial statements that are prepared in a currency other 
than Swedish kronor. The translation reserve also includes exchange differences 
arising in connection with the revaluation of liabilities and derivatives that are clas­
sified as instruments for hedging a net investment in a foreign operation, including 
tax. The hedge reserve comprises the effective proportion of the accumulated net 
change in the fair value of a cash flow hedging instrument attributable to underlying 
transactions that have not yet occurred, including tax. Retained earnings comprise 
all other parts of equity, including profit/loss for the year. 

Holdings of shares bought back are stated as a reduction in retained earnings. 
Acquisitions of the company’s own shares are stated as a deduction, and pro­
ceeds from the disposal of the company’s own shares are stated as an increase. 
Transaction costs are charged directly to retained earnings. 

Group contributions and shareholder 
 contributions for legal entities 

Group contributions and shareholder contributions are recognised in the parent 
company in accordance with statement UFR 2 of the Swedish Financial 
Reporting Board. Shareholder contributions are recognised directly in equity of 
the recipient and capitalised under shares and participating interests of the donor 
to the extent that no impairment in value applies. Group contributions are recog­
nised on the basis of their financial implications. For example, this means that 
Group contributions paid or received in order to minimise the Group’s total tax 
are recognised directly in retained earnings after deduction of their current tax 
effect.

Miscellaneous 

The figures presented are rounded off to the nearest integer or equivalent.  
The absence of a value is indicated by a dash (­).

note 2 Financial risk management

The Group’s and the parent company’s financial activities and financial risk man­
agement are centralised within Group Finance. The activities are based on a finan­
cial policy established by the Board and are characterised by a low level of risk. The 
purpose is to minimise the Group’s capital costs by using suitable means of financ­
ing and to manage and control the Group’s financial risks effectively. The most im­
portant aspects of this management are described below. Credit risks related to 
the Group’s customers are managed by the relevant business areas and are de­
scribed in Note 16 Operating receivables.

The parent company’s equity comprises share capital, statutory reserves, re­
valuation reserves, retained earnings and profit/loss for the year. 

Currency risk 

The parent company’s statutory reserve consists of previous compulsory provi­
sions to the statutory reserve plus amounts added to the share premium reserve 
before 1 January 2006. The parent company’s revaluation reserve contains 
amounts set aside in connection with the revaluation of property, plant and 
equipment or non­current financial assets. Retained earnings comprise all other 
parts of equity, such as hedge reserves and transactions as a result of share buy­
backs. The parent company applies the same accounting policies as the Group 
for these items; see above.

Provisions

A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a legal or in­
formal commitment as a consequence of a past event and it is likely there will be 
an outflow of financial resources to settle the commitment and a reliable estimate 
of the amount can be made. A provision to cover restructuring is recognised once 
the Group has established a detailed and formal restructuring plan and the re­
structuring process has either begun or been publicly announced.

Provisions are made for environmental measures that relate to earlier activities 
when contamination arises or is discovered, it is likely that a payment obligation 
will arise, and the amount can be estimated reliably.

Reserves to cover future silvicultural fees are calculated on the basis of interpre­
tations of the applicable forestry laws and regulations whenever it is likely that a 
payment obligation will arise and once the amount can be assessed to a reason­
able extent. 

Contingent liabilities 

A contingent liability is recognised when there is a potential commitment that 
originates in past events, the existence of which will be confirmed only by one or 
more uncertain future events, or when there is a commitment that is not recog­
nised as a liability or provision because it is not likely that an out­flow of re­
sources will be required.

transaction exposure 
A significant proportion of Holmen’s sales revenue is in currencies different from  
its costs. To reduce the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on earnings, Holmen 
 hedges its net flows, mainly using currency forward contracts, sometimes sup­
plemented by currency options. The net flows in euro, sterling and US dollars for  
the coming four months are always hedged. These normally correspond to trade  
receivables and outstanding orders. The Board can decide to hedge flows for a 
longer  period if this is deemed suitable in light of the products’ profitability, com­
petitive  position and the currency situation. 

At the beginning of 2009, the Group had currency hedges for the majority of estimat­
ed payment flows in euro for 2009 and some of the flows in sterling and US dollars. 
Gains/losses on currency hedges are recognised in operating profit/loss as and 
when the hedged items are recognised and in 2009 they amounted to a loss of  
SEK 408 million (loss of 336). At year­end 2009 about 70 per cent of the estimated 
net currency flows for 2010 were hedged, some 60 per cent of those for 2011 and 
roughly 20 per cent of estimated flows for 2012; see the table.

transaction exposure at 31 December 2009, seKm*

12 months 
estimated 
net flows

4 700

1 100

250

650

2010 
Hedges

2011 
Hedges

2012 
Hedges

seKm rate** % seKm rate** % seKm rate** %

4 200

9.70 90 3 600 10.63 85 1 100 10.45 25

350

6.94 30

50 11.44 20

50

6 700

   4 650

   3 600

    1 100

EUR

USD

GBP

Other 

total

* The figures in the table have been rounded off.
** This rate equals the average hedging rate.

The fair value of outstanding transaction hedges at 31 December 2009 amounted 
to SEK ­93 million (­1 123); SEK ­48 million (­123) was recognised in the income 
statement for 2009, and the remainder in other comprehensive income as hedge 
accounting is applied, of which SEK ­162 million for 2010, SEK 108 million for 
2011 and SEK 10 million for 2012. 

Currency exposure arising when investments are paid for in a foreign currency is 

6 2

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

n o t e s

distinguished from other transaction exposure. Normally, 90–100 per cent of the 
currency exposure associated with major investments is hedged. The fair value 
of hedges for investment purchases is recognised in other comprehensive in-
come until the hedge expires. Then, the gain/loss is added to the cost of the non-
current asset that was hedged. At 31 December 2009 there were no outstanding 
hedges for investment purchases. During the period SEK 1 million affected the 
acquisition cost of hedged items.

translation exposure 
The Group’s reported profit/loss is affected by changes in exchange rates when 
the profits/losses of foreign subsidiaries are translated into Swedish kronor. This 
exposure is normally not hedged. The Group’s equity is affected by changes in 
exchange rates when assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated 
into Swedish kronor. The need to hedge this exposure (known as equity hedging) 
is judged from case to case and is arranged on the basis of the value of net as-
sets upon consolidation. The hedges take the form of currency forward contracts 
or foreign currency loans.

net assets and equity hedges at 31 December 2009, seKm 

EUR

GBP

Other

net assets

equity hedge

                     4 314

                             4 148

           1 382

     32

                      456

                        -

Gains on equity hedges amounted to SEK 254 million (loss of 541) in 2009 and are 
recognised in other comprehensive income as hedge accounting is applied (after 
deduction of tax SEK 187 million). In the parent company accounts, this gain is rec-
ognised in the income statement. The translation of net foreign assets had a nega-
tive impact of SEK 255 million (positive: 445) on consolidated equity. The fair value 
of outstanding equity hedges at 31 December 2009 was SEK -159 million (-456), of 
which SEK -193 million relates to loans and SEK 34 million to financial derivatives. 
The accumulated change in value resulting from an equity hedge is recognised in 
the consolidated income statement if the hedged foreign operation is disposed of. 

The effect of changes in exchange rates on consolidated operating profit is de-
scribed in the administration report on page 48. A one percentage point depre-
ciation in the Swedish kronor exchange rate would have a negative impact of 
SEK 82 million on equity, including translation of foreign subsidiaries’ accounts.

Interest rate risk  

The Group’s financing costs are influenced by changes in market interest rates. The 
fixed interest period for the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is normally short. 
The Board can decide to lengthen the period in order to limit the effect of a rise in in-
terest rates. During the year, the average fixed interest rate period varied between 19 
and 22 months and was 22 months at the end of 2009. Derivatives in the form of in-
terest rate swaps and FRAs are used to manage the fixed interest period without al-
tering the underlying loans. At 31 December 2009 the fair value of these instruments 
was a negative amount of SEK 60 million (negative: 132), which is recognised in oth-
er comprehensive income as hedge accounting is applied. This value is expected to 
be recognised in the income statement during 2010 and later. The fixed interest peri-
od of the net debt, the breakdown by currency and the average interest rate for vari-
ous fixed rate periods are shown in the table below, in which derivatives that affect 
the currency distribution and fixed interest period of the liabilities are taken into 
account.

Fixed interest period, net financial debt, at 31 December 2009, seKm

SEK

EUR

GBP

Other currencies

total

-1 yr 1-3 yrs 3-5 yrs

>5 yrs other

-1 525

51

-

-1 533

-

-3 944

-2 787

-736

-55

-361

-280

66

-9

66

-

-

-

-

-

-

-43

-6

-271

-1

net financial debt

     -5 683     -2 679         -736     -1 588         -361         -320

Average interest rate, %

2.7

4.5

4.5

3.9

7.0

The Other column refers to pension provisions; see note 18.

The effect of a change in market interest rates on consolidated operating profit is 

explained in the administration report (page 48); a one percentage point increase 
in market interest rates would have a SEK 19 million impact on equity.  

Financing risk 

Holmen’s net financial debt at 31 December 2009 amounted to SEK 5 683 mil-
lion, of which financial liabilities and interest-bearing pension provisions equalled 
SEK 6 091 million, cash and cash equivalents SEK 182 million and financial 
 receivables SEK 225 million. 

As part of Holmen’s strategy, the company is to have a strong financial position 
that provides financial stability and enables the Group to make correct and long-
term business decisions relatively independently of the state of the economy and 
external financing possibilities. The target for the debt/equity ratio is the interval 
of  0.3–0.8, and strategic planning includes harmonisation with this target.  At the 
end of the year the debt/equity ratio was 0.34. Standard & Poor’s lowered its 
long-term credit rating for Holmen from BBB+ to BBB with a negative outlook. 
The short-term rating was lowered to A-3/K-2 at the same time.

Holmen’s financing mainly comprises bank loans, bond loans and the issue of 
commercial paper. Holmen’s Swedish commercial paper programme has a frame-
work amount of SEK 6 000 million. Commercial paper with a time-to-maturity of up 
to one year can be issued in both Swedish kronor and euro. At 31 December 2009 
a negative amount of SEK 945 million was outstanding. Holmen’s medium term 
note (MTN) programme, for issuing bonds, has a framework amount of SEK 4 000 
million. Bonds with maturities of 1–15 years can be issued in both Swedish kronor 
and euro. At 31 December 2009 a negative amount of SEK 2 693 million was out-
standing. During the year new long-term financing was raised through MTN loans  
of SEK 1 500 million and an agreement for a new credit facility of SEK 1 300 million 
was signed. Other financing during the year was arranged mainly via Holmen’s 
commercial paper programme, utilisation of the contractually agreed EUR 600 mil-
lion credit facility and short-term bank loans. At 31 December 2009 Holmen had 
not used any of its credit facilities.

The maturity structure of financial liabilities and assets included in net financial 
debt and sources of financing are shown in the table below. The table displays 
carrying amounts where expected interest payments are not included. 

2010

2011

2012

2013 2014-

total

Financial assets

Deposits with credit institutions

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivatives

Other financial receivables

total financial receivables

Financial liabilities

MTN loans

Loans from banks and other  
credit institutions

Commercial paper programme

Bank account liabilities

Derivatives

-

182

51

23

256

6

-

-

2

 8

2

-

-

1

3

2

-

-

1

3

9

-

-

128

137

21

182

51

154

407

510

-

330

1 493

361

2 693

551

945

251

41

115

113

1 021

-

-

28

-

-

6

-

-

3

2

-

-

-

1 802  

945

251

78

total financial liabilities

  2 298     143

   448   2 517     363   5 770

Contracted credit facilities

   6 180

    1 300    7 480

Financing risk refers to the risk that future funding and refinancing of maturing 
loans may become difficult or expensive. Holmen reduces the risk by maintaining 
a good spread of maturities for the liabilities and by using contractually agreed 
credit facilities. Holmen has a contractually agreed credit facility from a syndicate 
of banks that amounts to EUR 600 million and expires in 2012. Since 2009 the 
company has also had a bilateral credit facility of SEK 1 300 million that expires in 
2016. Both facilities are available for use, provided that the Group’s debt/equity 
ratio is less than 1.5. 

The Group plans its financing by forecasting financing needs over the coming 
years  based on the Group’s multi-year business plan, budget and forecasts that 
are regularly updated.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

6 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e s

Raw materials

Credit risk

The Group is exposed to price fluctuations for its products and significant input 
goods; see page 47 in the administration report. OTC trade in financial contracts 
exists for certain paper and pulp products. Holmen did not trade in such contracts 
during the year. The price risk for energy can be hedged, but hedging opportunities 
for other input goods are limited.The Group mainly hedges the risk of fluctuations 
in electricity prices. 

To reduce exposure to electricity price changes, the Group uses physical supply 
agreements at fixed prices as well as financial hedges. Decisions on hedging elec-
tricity prices are made by the Board. In 2009, Holmen’s net purchases of electricity 
amounted to 3 200 GWh, of which about 2 600 GWh in Sweden. 
The prices for the Group’s estimated net consumption of electricity in Sweden dur-
ing the 2010–2012 period are fully hedged. For 2013– 2015 the price of about 85 
per cent has been hedged. The hedges predominantly consist of physical fixed 
price contracts. Gains on financial hedges are recognised in the income statement 
upon maturity and totalled SEK 64 million (27) for 2009. The fair value of outstand-
ing financial hedges totalled SEK 57 million (88) at 31 December 2009. This amount 
has been recognised in other comprehensive income as hedge accounting is ap-
plied, of which SEK 22 million for 2010, SEK 25 million for 2011 and SEK 10 million 
for 2012. See page 47 for how changes in raw material prices affect the Group’s 
profit. A one percentage point increase in the price of electricity would have a 
 negative impact of SEK 2 million on equity.

note 3 operating segment reporting

The Group’s financial transactions give rise to credit risks in relation to financial 
counterparties. The risk of a counterparty not meeting its commitments is limited 
by selecting creditworthy counterparties, by limiting the exposure to each coun-
terparty and by using ISDA and FEMA agreements.

At 31 December 2009, the Group had outstanding derivative contracts with a  
notional amount of about SEK 16 billion and a fair value of SEK -61 million net. 
Calculated in accordance with the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority’s regu-
lations for financial institutions (FFFS 2007:1), Holmen’s total counterparty risk on 
derivative contracts would amount to SEK 263 million at 31 December 2009. The 
maximum credit risk for other financial assets is estimated to correspond to their 
notional amount. Credit risks in relation to the Group’s customers are managed by 
each business area and are described in note 16 Operating receivables.

Insurance

Holmen insures its facilities against property damage and consequential loss. The 
excess varies from one facility to another, but the maximum is some  
SEK 30 million for any one claim. The Group’s forest holdings are not insured. They 
are widely dispersed over large parts of the country, and the risk of large-scale 
 simultaneous damage is judged not to justify the cost of insuring the holdings.

2009

Net sales

  External 

  Internal

Other operating income

Operating costs

Depreciation and amortisation according to plan

Impairment losses

Change in value of biological assets

Interest in earnings of associates

operating profit/loss

Operating profit/loss excluding items affecting comparability

Operating margin excluding items affecting comparability,%

Return on operating capital excluding items 
affecting comparability, %

Operating assets

Operating liabilities

Operating capital

Investments

Holmen 
Paper

Iggesund 
Paperboard

Holmen 
timber

Holmen 
skog

Holmen 
energi

Group- 
wide  
and other

elimina-
tions

total 
Group

9 303

0

238

-8 363

-878

-

-

41

340

340

4

4

10 186

1 397

8 789

287

5 023

0

262

-4 484

-361

-22

-

-

419

419

8

10

4 781

666

4 114

260

553

0

127

-632

-31

-

-

4

21

21

4

6

483

87

396

110

2 745

2 054

119

447

1 182

14

-4 303

-1 208

-27

-

16

-

605

605

13

5

12 646

1 262

11 384

69

-21

-

-

-

414

414

25

13

3 342

135

3 207

88

-

-

37

-225

-3

-

-

-

-191

-191

419

1 382

-963

2

-

18 071

-3 236

-197

3 446

0

-

-

-

13

13

-392

-392

0

0

-

600

-15 769

-1 320

-22

16

45

1 620

1 620

9

6

31 465

4 536

26 929

818

6 4

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sweden

UK

Spain

Other

total

net sales by product area

Newsprint and magazine paper

Paperboard

Pulp

Sawn timber

Wood

Power

Other

total

2008

Net sales

  External 

  Internal

n o t e s

Group

Parent company

Group

Parent company

non-current assets per country

2009

2008

2009

2008

net sales by market

21 415

21 619

17 006

18 231

Sweden

550

598

3 364

3 877

52

59

-

-

-

-

-

-

UK

Germany

Spain

25 380

26 153

17 006

18 231

The Netherlands

Group

Parent company

Italy

France

Rest of Europe 

Rest of the world

total

2009

2008

9 144

10 177

4 865

4 677

137

548

128

499

2009

7 043

2 879

240

548

2008

7 966

2 699

224

496

2 745

3 064

2 695

2 997

447

185

550

241

1

32

0

0

18 071

19 334

13 436

14 382

2009

4 211

2 083

2 676

1 427

771

728

848

2008

4 940

1 943

2 597

1 909

771

786

953

2009

3 749

1 328

2 296

288

675

449

555

2008

4 308

1 189

2 237

390

661

531

612

3 011

2 316

3 411

2 024

2 313

1 784

2 829

1 624

18 071

19 334

13 436

14 382

Other operating income

Operating costs

Depreciation and amortisation according to plan

Impairment losses

Change in value of biological assets

Interest in earnings of associates

operating profit/loss

Operating profit/loss excluding items affecting comparability*

280

Operating margin excluding items affecting comparability, %*

Return on operating capital excluding items 
affecting comparability, %*

Operating assets

Operating liabilities

Operating capital

Investments

3

3

12 123

1 886

10 237

679

Holmen 
Paper

Iggesund 
Paperboard

Holmen 
timber

Holmen 
skog

Holmen 
energi

Group- 
wide  
and other

elimina-
tions

total 
Group

10 443

0

350

-9 970

-896

-57

-

47

-81

4 845

15

260

-4 433

-368

-

-

-

320

320

7

8

4 914

661

4 254

327

499

0

138

-593

-34

-

-

3

13

13

3

4

439

73

366

19

2 997

2 446

129

550

1 284

12

-4 898

-1 500

-26

-

-16

-

632

632

12

6

12 796

1 382

11 415

21

-19

-

-

-

327

327

18

11

3 149

142

3 006

76

-

-

37

-196

0

-

-

-

-149

-149

568

2 222

-1 654

2

-

19 334

-3 745

-172

3 916

-

-

-

-

-10

-10

-557

-557

-

-

-

755

-17 673

-1 343

-57

-16

50

1 051

1 412

7

5

33 432

5 809

27 623

1 123

*  Items affecting comparability relate to a SEK 298 million cost of closing down Wargön Mill, SEK 115 million to cover costs associated with the closure of PM 2 at the 

mill in  Hallsta, and a SEK 52 million positive effect on profit of the fire at Braviken.

The business area Holmen Paper manufactures printing paper for daily news-
papers, magazines, directories/manuals, advertising material and books at two 
Swedish mills and one Spanish mill. Iggesund Paperboard produces paperboard 
for consumer packaging and graphics printing at one Swedish and one UK mill. 
Holmen Timber produces sawn timber at one Swedish sawmill. Annual produc-
tion capacity is 1 940 000 tonnes of printing paper, 530 000 tonnes of paperboard 
and 340 000 cubic metres of sawn timber. 

In the Holmen Group, the business areas are responsible for management of 
 operational assets and liabilities. Operating capital in each segment includes all 
assets and liabilities used by the business area, such as non-current assets, 
 inventories, operating receivables and operating liabilities. Financing and tax 
 issues are managed at Group level, so financial assets and liabilities – including 
pension liabilities – and current and deferred tax assets and tax liabilities are not 
allocated to the business areas. 

Holmen Skog manages the Group’s forests, which cover just over one million 
hectares. The annual volume of wood harvested in company forests is about 2.5 
million cubic metres. Holmen Energi is responsible for the Group’s hydro power 
assets and for developing the Group’s operations in the energy sector. Normal 
yearly production amounts to some 1 100 GWh of electricity at wholly and partly 
owned hydro power stations in Sweden. Holmen Skog and Holmen Energi are 
also responsible for supplying the Group with wood and electricity in Sweden, 
which are important raw materials for the industrial operations. 

Intra-Group sales between segments are founded on an internal market-based 
price. The “Group-wide and other” segment comprises Group staff units and 
Group-wide functions that are not allocated to other segments. No profit items 
below operating profit are allotted to the business areas.  

Income from external customers is allocated to individual countries according to 
the country in which the customer is based.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

6 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e s

note 4 other operating income 

Sales of by-products

Emission rights

Electricity certificates

Sales of non-current assets

Rental and tenancy income

Silviculture contracts

Other

total

Group

Parent company

2009

186

2008

253

2009

111

2008

181

24

71

31

22

52

215

600

18

72

29

19

44

320

755

25

63

8

19

52

169

447

22

65

12

16

44

257

596

Of the sales of by-products in the Group, SEK 124 million (160) relate to rejects 
from production, SEK 34 million (53) to sawdust, bark, chips etc, and SEK 28 mil-
lion (40)  to external sales of energy. 

The Group has been allotted emission rights which, for the most part, have been 
used for its own production. The surplus resulted in a recognised profit of  
SEK 24 million (18). 

Income from electricity certificates received from the production of renewable 
energy at the Group’s Swedish mills amounted to SEK 71 million (72). 

note 5   employees, staff costs and   

remuneration to senior management 

Incentive scheme
Any decision on a share and share price based incentive scheme for senior com-
pany personnel shall be made by the AGM. 

Remuneration committee
A remuneration committee appointed from among the members of the Board 
shall prepare business pertaining to the CEO’s salary and other conditions of em-
ployment and submit proposals on such issues to the Board for decision. 
Detailed principles for determining the salaries, pension rights and other remu-
neration to senior management shall be laid down in a pay policy adopted by the 
remuneration committee. 

Departures in individual cases
The Board shall be entitled to depart from these guidelines in individual cases 
should special reasons exist. In the event of such a departure, information there-
on and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the next Annual General 
Meeting.

Incentive scheme

The 2008 AGM approved the Board’s proposal to introduce an incentive scheme 
for the Holmen Group’s employees; it has applied in the Group since May 2008. In 
the scheme, the employees were invited to acquire call options on class B shares 
in Holmen at market price (calculated by an independent bank). As a result, 1 492 
of the Group’s approximately 5 000 employees bought a total of 758 300 call 
 options at a price of SEK 20 per option. The exercise price of the options is SEK 
224.50 per share. Each option entitles the owner to acquire one share during the 
exercise period in May/June 2013. Holmen’s commitment within the scheme has 
been secured by means of a buyback of shares in the company.

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

IFRS 2 Share-based Payment is not applicable, because the employees acquired 
the options at market-based price. 

Wages, salaries and  
social security costs

Wages, salaries and other remuneration

1 866

2 054

1 292

Social security costs

720

807

583

1 546

693

AGM’s guidelines for determining salaries and 
other  remuneration to senior management 

The 2008 AGM decided on the following unchanged guidelines for determining 
the salaries and other remuneration of the CEO and other senior management, 
namely the business area managers and heads of Group staff functions who 
 report directly to the CEO. 

salary and other remuneration
The remuneration of the CEO and the senior management shall consist of a fixed 
market-based salary. Other benefits, mainly car and accommodation, shall, inso-
far as they are provided, represent a limited part of the remuneration. No variable 
remuneration shall be paid.

Pension
The normal retirement age shall be 65 years. The company and the employee 
shall be mutually entitled to request that pension be drawn from 60 years of age. 
Any pension drawn before 65 years of age shall be either defined benefit or de-
fined premium. Pension drawn after 65 years of age shall be in accordance with 
the ITP plan. Over and above this, the employee may also be entitled to a supple-
mentary old age pension. In this case, there shall be a gradual transition from the 
existing arrangement with a defined benefit pension to one in which the pension 
is defined premium (contribution). 

notice and severance pay
Discontinuation notice should normally be one year if it is given by the company, 
and six months if it is given by the employee. In the event of notice being given by 
the company, severance pay can be paid corresponding to no more than  
24 months’ salary.

6 6

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

Remuneration of Board and senior  management

Board
A fixed Board fee shall be paid to the members of the Board elected by the AGM, 
except for the CEO, who does not receive any Board fee. For 2009, the fee 
amounted to SEK 2 475 000 (2 475 000). The chairman received a fee of SEK  
550 000 (550 000), and each of the other members (except for the CEO) received 
SEK 275 000 (275 000).

senior management
The CEO’s salary and other benefits for 2009 amounted to SEK 6 768 603 (6 769 
821). In 2009, the total pension cost attributable to the CEO (ITP cost and the 
cost of benefits over and above ITP), calculated in accordance with IAS 19, 
amounted to SEK 3 263 711 (3 050 305). No variable remuneration was paid.

In 2009, the salaries and other benefits of the other senior management, i.e. the 
five business area managers and the heads of the five Group staff units who re-
port directly to the CEO, amounted to a total of SEK 18 206 318 (17 768 644).  
The total pension cost (ITP cost and the cost of benefits over and above ITP), 
 calculated in accordance with IAS 19, for this group amounted to 
SEK 10 897 672 (8 570 257) in 2009. No variable remuneration was paid.

For senior management the company is required to give 12 months’ notice and 
the employee six months. In the event of notice being given by the company, ter-
mination benefits corresponding to between one and two years’  salary are paid, 
depending on age. For the CEO, a termination benefit of two years’ salary is paid.

All members of senior management are employed by the parent company.

Pension commitments in respect of the Board and senior 
management
Holmen’s pension commitments over and above the ITP plan for the CEO 
amounted to SEK 15 million (13) at 31 December 2009 and for other members of 
senior management to SEK 63 million (54), calculated in accordance with IAS 19. 
The Group also has a SEK 7 million (7) commitment for one Board member, 
Göran Lundin, former CEO of Holmen. The pension commitments are secured 
using plan assets managed by an independent pension fund.

n o t e s

2009

2008

note 6 Auditors’ fee and remuneration

Average  
number of 
full-time 
equivalents

Average  
number of 
full-time 
equivalents

Of whom  
women

Of whom 
women

The audit firm KPMG was elected by the 2008 Annual General Meeting as 
Holmen’s auditors for a period of four years (2008–2011). KPMG audits the books 
of Holmen AB and almost all of its subsidiaries.

3 227

589

3 465

608

Remuneration to KPMG

2009

2008

2009

2008

Group

Parent company

Audit assignments

Other assignments

total

Other auditors

total

8

5

13

0

13

7

4

11

0

11

4

1

5

-

5

4

1

5

-

5

Audit assignments refers to the examination of the annual report and accounting 
records, the administration by the Board and the CEO, other duties that are 
 incumbent on the company’s auditors, the provision of advice or other support 
resulting from observations in connection with the audit or the performance of 
such  other duties. All other activities are defined as other assignments. Over  
and above the audit assignment, Holmen has consulted KPMG on tax and 
 accounting issues and for various investigations.

-

3

1

2

20

34

22

514

5

8

116

7

2

6

-

2

-

1

6

8

8

53

1

4

46

4

1

4

596

119

6

8

1 350

4 577

2

2

261

850

46

3

3

3

22

31

17

511

5

7

112

6

2

5

573

7

11

1 364

4 829

5

1

2

2

6

6

8

54

1

4

30

3

1

3

106

3

3

238

846

Parent company 

Sweden

Group companies

Sweden

Australia

Belgium

Denmark

Estonia

France

Germany

UK

Hong Kong

Italy

The Netherlands

Poland

Portugal

Singapore

Spain

Switzerland 

USA

total Group companies

total Group

The year’s decrease in the number of parent company employees is mainly an 
 effect of redundancies in connection with the closure of Wargön Mill, and staff cuts 
in connection with the restructuring programme at Hallsta Paper Mill.

Proportion of women, %

2009

2008

2009

2008

Board (excl. deputy members)

Senior management

17

9

8

9

17

9

8

9

Group

Parent company

Group

Parent company

sickness absence in sweden, %

2009

2008

2009

2008

Total sickness absence

Long-term sick leave (>60 days)

Sickness absence, men

Sickness absence, women

Employees below 29 years of age

Employees between 30 and 49 years of age

Employees aged 50 years and above

3.8

1.7

3.8

3.7

2.4

3.1 

4.7

4.6

2.7

4.5

5.3

2.5

4.0

5.7

3.8

1.7

3.8

3.7

2.4

3.1

4.7

4.6

2.7

4.5

5.3

2.5

4.0

5.7

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

6 7

n o t e S

note 7 Income from financial instruments

Finance income

Dividend income from Group companies

Gains on sales of Group companies

Gains on sales of shares and participating 
interests

Net profit/loss

Assets and liabilities measured at  
fair value via profit/loss for the year  
- Held for financial risk 
   management*

- Other

Interest income 

total finance income

Finance costs

Impairment losses on value of shares in  
Group companies

Net profit/loss

Assets and liabilities measured at  
fair value via profit/loss for the year  
- Held for financial risk  
   management*

- Other

Cash and cash equivalents

Other financial liabilities

total net profit/loss

Interest costs **

Finance costs

net financial items

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

-

-

-

5

0

7

12

-

-

-

1 156

-

-

2

0

14

17

5

0

13

1 174

15

0

1

2

0

88

106

-

-

-436

-

-38

23

31

1

18

-284

-267

-255

-19

-2

-15

53

17

-345

-328

-311

114

-176

-

31

102

247

-239

-428

746

0

-15

-322

-513

-354

-867

-761

 * Refers to the held-for-trading category in accordance with IAS 39.
**  SEK -63 million (21) in the Group refers to interest costs on liabilities measured 
at fair value via profit/loss for the year. Those in the parent company amounted 
to SEK -63 million (21).

The net gains and losses stated in net financial items mainly relate to currency re-
valuations of internal loans, hedging of internal lending, currency revaluations of 
cash and cash equivalents, and hedging of cash and cash equivalents. They also 
include the revaluation of loans measured at fair value via the income statement 
and interest rate swaps used to hedge loans at fixed rates of interest. The parent 

company’s net financial items also include currency revaluation of external loans 
and forward contracts that hedge net investment in foreign operations. These 
items are recognised in the Group in other comprehensive income. The fair value 
of the interest component in currency forward contracts and value changes in 
 accrued interest and realised interest in fixed-interest-rate swaps are recognised 
on an ongoing basis in net interest items.

Changes in the value of the loan that is measured at fair value in accordance with 
the fair value option affected earnings by SEK 23 million (-2), of which changes in 
market interest rates accounted for a decrease in value of SEK 8 million (de-
crease of 19).  The accumulated change in value of SEK 73 million (50) is recog-
nised in the income statement. Changes in the value of the swap that belongs to 
the loan measured at fair value using the fair value option had a negative impact 
of SEK 5 million on earnings. The change in the value of the loan that has been 
hedged in respect of its fair value had a SEK 3 million impact on profit (decrease 
of 8) while related interest rate swaps lowered profit by SEK 3 million (increase of 
8). There were no changes in value for loans in the parent company.

The income from financial instruments included in operating profit is shown in the 
table below:

Exchange gains/losses on  
trade receivables and trade payables

Net loss on derivatives  
stated in working capital

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

-26

232

-7

223

-343

-309

-403

-243

Interest income on trade receivables

Interest costs on trade payables

1

3

0

0

1

3

0

0

The derivatives included in operating profit relate to hedging of trade receiv-
ables and trade payables as well as financial electricity derivatives. 

note 8 taxes

taxes stated in income statement

Current tax

Deferred tax

total

Group

Parent company

2009

-474

114

-360

2008

-488

390

-98

2009

-307

-24

-331

2008

137

57

195

The 2009 tax rate for the Group was 26.4 per cent and was mainly affected by the 
company winning a tax dispute and through loss carry-forwards not recorded. 
See the table below.

Recognised profit before tax

Tax at applicable rate

Difference in tax rate in foreign operations

Non-taxable income and non-deductible costs

Standard interest on tax allocation reserve

Effect of not stated loss carry-forwards and temporary differences

Tax attributable to previous periods

Change in tax rate on deferred tax asset/liability

Provision to cover uncertain tax disputes

Other

effective tax

6 8

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

SeKm

1 366

-359

2

-2

-15

-30

31

0

0

13

-360

2009 
%

SeKm

740

26.3

-0.1

0.1

1.1

2.2

-2.3

0.0

0.0

-1.0

26.4

-207

2

-2

-23

16

-4

331

-225

14

-98

Group

2008 
%

28.0

-0.2

0.2

3.0

-2.1

0.6

-44.7

30.4

-2.0

13.2

Parent company

SeKm

1 995

2009 
%

SeKm

-630

2008 
%

-525

0

188

-15

-8

29

0

0

0

26.3

0.0

-9.4

0.8

0.4

-1.4

0.0

0.0

0.0

177

0

2

-23

0

1

37

0

1

28.0

0.0

0.3

-3.6

0.0

0.2

5.9

0

0.1

-331

16.6

195

30.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

tax attributable to other comprehensive income        

Group

2009

Cash flow hedges

910

-240

670

-964

Before tax

Tax

After tax Before tax

Parent company

2009

After tax Before tax

Tax

After tax Before tax

-712

919

-242

677

-1 148

2008

Tax

253

2008

Tax

302

After tax

-845

Translation differences  
on foreign operations

Hedging of currency risk  
in foreign operations

Actuarial revaluations

other comprehensive 
income

-256

-

-256

445

-

445

254

15

-66

-4

188

11

-541

-169

151

48

-389

-121

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

923

-310

613

-1 230

452

-778

919

-242

677

-1 148

302

-845

taxes as stated in balance sheet

Deferred tax assets

Loss carry-forwards

Pension provisions

Deferred tax liabilities stated net 
among deferred tax assets

Other

total deferred tax assets

Current tax receivable

total tax receivables

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

307

68

-72

1

304

22

326

347

73

-85

7

342

141

483

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 -

117

117

Deferred tax liabilities

Non-current assets

   Biological assets*

   Property, plant and equipment

Tax allocation reserve

Transactions subject to hedge accounting

Other, including deferred tax assets  
stated net among deferred tax liabilities

total deferred tax liabilities

Provisions for taxes

Current tax liability

total tax liabilities

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

2 922

1 600

618

-34

2 914

1 512

721

-268

-61

-61

5 045

4 819

692

102

692

14

644

-4

-

-53

-49

538

45

94

5 839

5 525

678

635

-4

-

-295

-64

272

45

-

317

* For parent company this relates to forestland.

Change in the net of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities

2009 

Biological assets*

Property, plant and equipment

Pension provisions

Loss carry-forwards

Tax allocation reserve

Other

Deferred net tax liability

Opening 
 balance

-2 914

-1 597

80

347

-721

328

-4 477

* For parent company this relates to forestland.

Stated in 
the income 
 statement

Stated in  
other com-
prehensive 
income

Translation 
differences 
and other

-8

52

1

-31

103

-3

114

-

-

-4

-

-

-240

-244

-

-126

2

-10

-

0

Group

Closing 
 balance

-2 922

-1 672

78

307

-618

86

-135

-4 741

Parent company

Stated in 
the income 
 statement

Stated in  
other com-
prehensive 
income

-9

0

-

-

-

-15

-24

-

-

-

-

-

-242

-242

Opening 
 balance

-635

4

-

-

-

359

-272

Closing 
 balance

-644

4

-

-

-

102

-538

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

6 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

2008 

Biological assets*

Property, plant and equipment

Pension provisions

Loss carry-forwards

Tax allocation reserve

Other

Deferred net tax liability

Stated in 
the income 
 statement

Stated in 
other com-
prehensive 
income

Translation 
differences 
and other

186

189

-15

-13

31

12

390

-

-

51

-

-

250

301

-

10

-9

12

-

-1

13

Opening 
 balance

-3 100

-1 796

53

348

-753

68

-5 181

Group

Closing 
 balance

-2 914

-1 597

80

347

-721

328

-4 477

Parent company

Stated in 
the income 
 statement

Stated in 
other com-
prehensive 
income

41

-1

-

-

-

17

57

-

-

-

-

-

302

302

Opening 
 balance

-677

5

-

-

-

40

-632

Closing 
 balance

-635

4

-

-

-

359

-272

* For parent company this relates to forestland.

For information on biological assets see Note 12. Deferred tax liability in respect 
of property, plant and equipment is primarily attributable to depreciation in 
 excess of plan.

For information concerning provisions for taxes see Note 27.

The deferred tax income recognised in the Group’s income statement relates pri-
marily to a change in temporary differences and utilisation of loss carry-forwards. 
The amount recognised in Other comprehensive income includes deferred tax re-
lated to negative changes of SEK 239 million in hedging reserves (positive 253) 
and negative impact of SEK 4 million from actuarial revaluations (postitive 48).

Of the deferred tax asset in respect of the carry-forwards of unused tax losses,  
a sum of SEK 94 million relates to loss carry-forwards with no time limitations 
 regarding when they may be utilised. Other loss carry-forwards expire if they are 
not utilised 2015–2022. The carry-forwards of unused tax losses and temporary 
differences for which deferred tax assets have not been recognised in the income 
statement or balance sheet amount to SEK 1 950 million, of which SEK 200 mil-
lion expire in 2011 and SEK 330 million expire 2022–2024. Whether a deferred 
tax asset is recognised or not depends on an assessment of how likely it is that 
the Group will be able to utilise it by offsetting it against future taxable profits. 

note 9 earnings per share (ePS)   

note 10 Intangible non-current assets

Group

2009

2008

Total number of shares outstanding, 1 January

83 996 162

84 756 162

Accumulated acquisition cost 

Buy-back of company’s own shares  
during the year

total number of shares  
outstanding, 31 December

-

-760 000

83 996 162

83 996 162

Opening balance

Investments

Change in emission rights

Re-classification

Average number of shares, before dilution

83 996 162

84 298 573

Disposal and retirement of assets

Effect of options

-

-

Translation differences

Average number of shares, after dilution

83 996 162

84 298 573

total

Profit for the year attributable  
to shareholders, SEKm

1 006

642

Accumulated amortisation  
according to plan

Average number of shares before dilution

83 996 162

84 298 573

Opening balance

Basic ePS for the year, SeK

12.0

7.6

Amortisation for the year

Profit for the year attributable  
to shareholders, SEKm

1 006

642

total

Translation differences

Average number of shares after dilution

83 996 162

84 298 573

Diluted ePS for the year, SeK

12.0

7.6

Closing residual value  
according to plan

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

170

0

-

-69

0

-3

98

64

9

-2

71

27

89

8

70

-1

-

5

170

46

13

4

64

77

-

-

-58

-

-

19

1

3

-

4

10

8

58

-

-

-

77

0

0

-

1

106

15

76

Intangible non-current assets mostly consist of rights to use electricity grids of  
SEK 6 million (8) and IT systems of SEK 17 million (24). These assets were largely  
acquired from external sources. They have determinable useful lives and are  
amortised over 5–10 years. No goodwill applies. 

In 2009, emission rights were reclassified from intangible non-current  
assets to inventories.

Shares in the company were bought back in 2008 to secure the company’s com-
mitments as part of the incentive scheme for the Holmen Group’s employees as 
decided by the 2008 AGM. A total of 760 000 class B shares were bought back, 
which corresponds to approximately 0.9 per cent of the total number of shares 
outstanding, and to approximately 0.3 per cent of the total number of votes. The 
average price paid for these shares was SEK 201.70 per share.

In all, 758 300 call options were issued at a price of SEK 20 per option. The 
 exercise price of the options is SEK 224.50 per share. Each option entitles the 
owner to acquire one share during the exercise period, May/June 2013.

The exercise price of SEK 224.50 exceeds the average share price for 2009  
(SEK 180 per share). The options will therefore have no dilution effect as defined 
in IAS 33, and were excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. If the average 
listed price in the future exceeds the exercise price, these options will give rise to 
an estimated dilution effect, which is calculated in accordance with IAS 33.

7 0

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
n o t e S

Total

2008

31 796

1 134

1

-87

474

Total

2008

414

49

0

-25

438

279

24

-23

280

2 417

0

2 417

note 11 Property, plant and equipment

Group

2009

2008

2009

2008

2009

2008

2009

2008

2009

Forestland

Buildings, other land 
and land installations

Machinery and  
equipment

Work in progress and 
advance payments to 
suppliers

Accumulated acquisition cost

Opening balance

Investments

Re-classifications

Disposal and retirement of assets

Translation differences

100

100

5 906

-

-

-

0

-

-

-

0

95

181

-19

-93

total

100

100

6 071

5 561

127

49

-5

175

5 906

27 092

25 865

546

72

-708

-239

867

147

-82

294

26 763

27 092

221

107

-128

-

-1

199

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

270

140

-195

-

5

33 319

748

126

-726

-333

221

33 134

33 319

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

20 176

18 813

1 311

1 329

22

-

-

-716

-133

57

-

-

-79

56

20 661

20 176

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2 775

2 618

17 401

16 194

141

-

-

-31

-15

-22

137

1 170

1 193

6

-

-

-3

16

22

-

31

-701

-112

51

-

-

-76

40

2 849

2 775

17 812

17 401

100

100

3 222

3 131

8 952

9 690

199

221

12 473

13 142

Forestland

Buildings, other land 
and land installations

Machinery and  
equipment

2009

2008

2009

2008

2009

2008

2009

Accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses

Opening balance

Depreciation for the year  
according to plan

Impairment losses for the year

Reversal of previous impairment losses

Re-classifications

Disposal and retirement of assets

Translation differences

total

Closing residual value according 
to plan

Parent company

Accumulated acquisition cost

Opening balance

Investments

Re-classifications

Disposal and retirement of assets

total

Accumulated depreciation according to plan

Opening balance

Depreciation for the year according to plan

Disposal and retirement of assets

total

Accumulated revaluations

Opening balance

Disposal and retirement of assets

total

79

0

-

0

79

-

-

-

-

72

7

-

0

79

-

-

-

-

2 416

0

2 416

2 417

0

2 416

137

6

-

0

143

125

1

0

126

1

0

1

18

138

2

-

-3

137

125

1

-1

125

1

-

1

13

222

33

-

-24

231

155

23

-24

155

-

-

-

203

40

0

-22

222

154

23

-21

155

-

-

-

438

40

-

-24

454

280

24

-24

281

2 417

0

2 417

Closing residual value according to plan

2 496

2 495

Assessed tax values

Assessed tax values relate to assets in Sweden

Forest and agricultural properties

Buildings, other land and land installations  

total

77

66

2 590

2 575

2009

14 517

3 056

17 573

Group

2008

14 520

3 049

17 569

Parent company

2009

2008

6 795

28

6 823

6 798

28

6 826

The Group’s impairment losses regarding property, plant and equipment are stated 
in the income statement in the line item Impairment losses. Holmen closed a board 
machine at Workington Mill in 2009 that belongs to the Iggesund Paperboard busi-
ness area. This resulted in impairment losses on property, plant and equipment of 
SEK 22 million. For 2008, impairment losses on non-current assets referred to the 
closure of operations at Wargön Mill in the Holmen Paper business area.

The year’s investments were reduced by SEK 2 million (23) as a result of the sup-
port received from the Swedish Energy Agency of SEK 40 million in total for the 
construction of a new pulp line at Braviken Paper Mill. 

The Group’s investment commitments for approved and ongoing projects 
amounted to SEK 1 581 million (452) at 31 December 2009. The company’s capi-
talised borrowing costs were SEK 1 million in 2009 and are recognised as Work in 
progress and advance payments to suppliers. An interest rate of 3 per cent was 
used to determine the amount. 

The assessed tax values are determined by the Swedish Tax Agency by means of 
a property assessment and are then used for determining the property tax 
charge. No property tax is charged on forestland.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

7 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

note 12 Biological assets

Forest assets are recognised in the Group as growing forest, which is stated as a 
biological asset at fair value, and land, which is stated at acquisition cost. 
Holmen’s assessment is that no relevant market prices are available that can be 
used to value forest holdings as extensive as Holmen’s. The valuation is therefore 
made by calculating the present value of future expected cash flows from the 
growing forests. This calculation of cash flows is made for the coming 100 years, 
which is regarded as the harvesting cycle of the forests. The cash flows are cal-
culated on the basis of harvesting volumes according to Holmen’s current har-
vesting plan and assessments of future price and cost changes. The cost of re-
planting has been taken into account, because re-planting after harvesting is a 
statutory obligation. 

In total, Holmen owns 1 032 000 hectares of productive forestland, with a volume 
of 119 million forest cubic metres (m3 total volume over bark) of standing timber, 
of which 67 000 hectares with 12 million forest cubic metres of standing  timber 
have been set aside as nature reserves. According to the current harvesting plan, 
which came into effect in 2000, harvesting during the 2000–2009 period is to 
amount to an average of 2.5 million m3 of timber and pulpwood per year. The 
same plan states that the annual harvesting for the 2010–2019 period will be 
more than 1 per cent higher. The harvesting volume is then planned to increase 
gradually and then stabilise at about 3.0 million m3 per year in about 40 years’ 
time. This corresponds to an average increase in harvesting of 0.4 per cent per 
year. Just over 50 per cent of the wood harvested consists of timber that is sold 
to sawmills, and the remainder mainly consists of pulpwood, which is sold to the 
pulp and paper industry. A new harvesting plan is estimated to be complete in 
2011 and may entail different harvesting rates.

In 2009, the cash flow from the growing forests decreased to SEK 522 million 
(622), mainly as a result of lower prices. On average, the cash flows in 2001–2009 
amounted to approximately SEK 491 million per year. Holmen based its valuation 
of 31 December 2009 on the prices prevailing at the end of the year. An assump-
tion has been made that prices will fall somewhat in 2011, see the graph below. 
From 2011 and thereafter, long-term price assumptions have been used, with an 
annual increase of 1 per cent until 2035 and thereafter a rise of 2 per cent a year. 
The cash flow forecast for 2010–2016 is shown in the figure below. Costs are es-
timated to increase from present-day levels by about 2 per cent per year. The 
price and cash flows for the period 2017–2035 are estimated to increase by 0.5 
per cent per year, after which they are expected to increase broadly in line with 
the assumed level of inflation of 2 per cent.

Average price
Historical and forecast 
Index 2004 = 100

Cash flow
Historical and forecast
SEKm

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

-04

-06

-08

-10

-12

-14

-16

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Not 11 Biologiska tillgångar

-04

-06

-08

-10

-12

-14

-16

The cash flows are discounted using an interest rate of 5.5 per cent (2008: 5.5) 
after tax. The discount rate was calculated on the basis of the Group’s target for 
its debt/equity ratio (on average 0.55), an assumed long-term, nominal risk-free 
interest rate of 4.5 per cent, a risk premium of 1 per cent for borrowed capital and 
of 2 per cent for equity. Tax is taken into account at a rate of 26.3 per cent.

Deferred tax, i.e. the tax that is expected to be charged against the earnings from 
harvesting in the future, has been calculated on the total value of growing forests.

The value of the forest assets was estimated at the end of 2009 at 
SEK 11 109 million, i.e. the value of the estimated cash flows before tax. The 
attribut able deferred tax liability was estimated at SEK 2 922 million. The net 
 carrying amount after tax of the growing forests was thus SEK 8 187 milliion.  
The change in the value of the growing forests can be divided into:

Group

Opening balance

Acquisition of growing forest

Sales of growing forest

Change due to harvesting

Change in fair value

Other changes

Closing carrying amount

2009

2008

11 080

11 073

5

0

-552

568

8

12

-2

-622

606

13

11 109

11 080

The net effect of the change in fair value and the change as a result of harvesting 
is stated in the income statement as Change in value of biological assets. In 2009 
this item amounted to SEK 16 million (-16). 

The table below shows how the value of forest assets would be affected by 
changes in the most significant valuation assumptions: 

Group

Annual change, + 0.1% per year

   Harvesting rate

   Price inflation

   Cost inflation

Change in level, +1%

   Harvesting

   Prices

   Costs

Discount rate, +0.1%

Change in value (SEKm)

Before tax

After tax

420

420

-250

160

280

-150

-250

310

310

-190

120

200

-110

-180

Annual change refers to the annual rate of change used in the valuation of each 
 parameter. For example, an increase of 0.1 per cent means that the annual price 
 inflation will be increased from 1.0 per cent to 1.1 per cent in the calculations. 
Change in level means that the level for each parameter and year changes. For 
 example, a 1 per cent price increase means that the wood prices which the calcu-
lations are based on are raised by 1 per cent for all years (change of level).

7 2

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

note 13 Interests in associates and other shares and participating interests

Group

Parent company

Group

Parent company

Associates

Carrying amount at start of year

Investments

Disposals

Re-classifications 

Interest in associates’ earnings

Dividends received

Translation difference   

Impairment losses

2009

1 824

4 

-15

3

45

-80

-12

-

2008

1 745

0

-2

0

50

-

30

0

2009

2008

other shares and participating interests

2009

2008

2009

2008

77 

4

0

3

-

-

-

-

77

0

-1

0

-

-

-

0

Carrying amount at start of year

Investments

Disposals

Re-classifications  

Translation difference   

Impairment losses

Carrying amount at 31 December

11

3

-

-3

0

0

10

7

4

0

0

0

-

11

11

2

-

-3

-

0

9

6

4

-

0

-

-

11

Carrying amount at 31 December

1 770

1 824

84

77

The parent company’s opening balance includes accumulated impairment 
losses of SEK 34 million. There was no impairment during the year. Dividends 
received refers to the associate Peninsular Cogeneración S.A.

Parent company and Group holdings of shares and interests in associates 

There were no material impairment losses on the value of other shares and  
participating interests during the year.

2009 
Carrying  
amount at  
parent comp. 
SEK thousands

Value of  
holding in  
Group accounts,  
SEK thousands

2008 
Carrying  
amount at  
parent comp. 
SEK thousands

Value of  
holding in  
Group accounts,  
SEK thousands

Interest 
%* 

Corporate  
ID No.

Registered  
office

No. of 
shares

Interest 
%*

Brännälvens Kraft AB

556017-6678

Arbrå

Gidekraft AB

Harrsele AB

556016-0953 Örnsköldsvik

556036-9398

Sundsvall

Uni4 Marketing AB

556594-6984

Stockholm

Industriskog AB

Pressretur AB

556193-9470

Falun

556188-2712

Stockholm

PÅAB, Pappersåtervinning AB

556142-5116 Norrköping

Vattenfall Tuggen AB

556504-2826

Lycksele

VindIn AB

556713-5172

Stockholm

Baluarte Sociedade de Recolha e  
Recuperação de Desperdicios,  
Lda, Portugal

Ets Emilie Llau S.A., France 

Alcochete

Lorp-Sentaraille

Peninsular Cogeneración S.A., Spain

Madrid

Other shares owned by the parent company

5 556

990

9 886

1 800

25 000

334

500

683

200

13.9

9.9

49.4

36.0

33.3

33.4

50.0

6.83

14.28

2

678

4 500

50.0  

24.0

50.0

-

99

-

1 856

37

-

109

74 755

6 910

-

-

-

-

36 400

99 

1 481 898

11 596

37

-

109

74 755

7 224

41 736

24 257

92 031

-

13.9

9.9

49.4

36.0

33.3

33.4

50.0

6.83

-

50.0

38.0

50.0

total
* Percentage of shares and percentage of votes for total number of shares are the same.

83 767

1 770 143

Parent company and Group holdings of shares and participating interests in other companies 

Corporate  
ID No.

Registered  
office

No. of  
shares

Interest 
%*

Parent company

Industrikraft i Sverige AB

556761-5371 Stockholm

SweTree Technologies AB

556573-9587 Umeå

VindIn AB

556713-5172 Stockholm

100 000

73 500

-

20.0

2.7

-

Miscellaneous shares owned by the parent company

total

Group

Miscellaneous shares

total
* Percentage of shares and percentage of votes for total number of shares are the same.

2009 
Carrying  
amount at  
parent comp. 
SEK thousands

Value of  
holding in  
Group accounts,  
SEK thousands

2 800

6 280

-

389

9 469

9 469

2 800

6 280

-

389

9 469

348

9 816

Interest 
%*

20.0

2.7

7.1

The holdings in Brännälvens Kraft AB, Gidekraft AB, Harrsele AB and Vattenfall Tuggen AB refer to  hydro power assets 
and the holdings in VindIn AB refer to wind power assets. The holdings entitle the Group to buy some of the electricity 
produced at cost price, so the associates only earn a limited profit. Purchased electricity is sold to external customers 
at  market price, and the earnings are stated in the Group accounts in the Holmen Energi business area.

Brännälvens Kraft AB, Gidekraft AB, Vattenfall Tuggen AB and VindIn AB are classified as associates even 
though the holdings are less than 20 per cent, since shareholder agreements provide significant influence over each 
company’s activities. The holding in VindIn AB was reclassified in 2009, from shares and participating interests in 
other companies, to associates.

Summarised financial information on associates owned by the Group and parent company  respectively is 

Income

Profit/loss

Assets

Liabilities

Equity

 specified on the right. The table shows the owned interest in each associate.

-

99

-

1 856

37

-

109

74 755

-

-

-

-

38

76 895

36 400

99

1 481 898

7 725

37

-

109

74 755

-

42 049

41 019

140 270

38

1 824 399

2008 
Carrying  
amount at  
parent comp. 
SEK thousands

Value of  
holding in  
Group accounts,  
SEK thousands

1 200

5 640

3 410

587

1 200

5 640

3 410

587

10 837

10 837

10 837

372

11 209

Group Parent company

2009

2008

2009

814

40

763

447

315

861

51

728

362

366

378

-2

209

156

53

2008

320

4

200

156

44

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

7 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

note 14 Financial instruments

Group 2009

Financial instruments included 
in net financial debt

non-current financial receivables

Deposits with credit institutions

Derivatives

Other financial receivables

Current financial receivables

Accrued interest

Derivatives

Other financial receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Current deposit of cash and cash equivalents

Bank balances

non-current liabilities 

MTN loans

Loans from banks and other  
credit institutions 

Derivatives

Current liabilities

Commercial paper programme

Bank account liabilities

Current portion of long­term loans

Derivatives

Accrued interest

Other current liabilities 

Financial instruments not included  
in net financial debt

Other shares and participating interests

Trade receivables

Derivatives (recognised among  
operating receivables)

Trade payables

Derivatives (recognised among operating liabilities)

Items recognised at fair 
value via profit of the year

Loans valued 
at fair value

Derivatives

Derivatives 
with hedge 
accounting

Trade receiv­
ables and loan 
receivables

Available­ 
for­sale 
 assets

Other 
 liabilities

Total  
carrying 
amount

Fair value

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

371

­

­

­

371

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

17

­

17

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

19

­

­

19

­

­

2

­

50

­

­

­

­

34

­

34

­

­

­

­

37

37

­

­

­

22

­

­

22

­

­

223

­

208

21

­

131

151

6

­

17

23

17

165

182

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

2 712

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

21

­

131

151

6

51

17

74

17

165

182

21

­

131

151

6

51

17

74

17

165

182

2 183

2 183

2 205

1 252

­

3 435

945

251

623

­

54

12

1 252

37

3 472

945

251

994

41

54

12

1 252

37

3 495

945

251

994

41

54

12

1 886

2 298

2 298

10

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

10

2 712

­

2 712

225

225

1 911

­

1 911

258

1 911

258

non-current financial receivables consist of non­current interest­bearing 
 deposits with credit institutions, financial receivables from other companies, 
which, substantially, are interest­bearing, and prepayments relating to committed 
credit facilities. Over and above this, the figure includes the fair values of non­
current  derivatives. The parent company’s receivables from Group companies 
 include a significant share of interest­free receivables between Swedish, wholly­
owned Group companies.

Current financial receivables consist of fixed income investments and lending 
for durations of up to one year, accrued interest income and unrealised transla­
tion gains. Current financial receivables substantially have fixed interest periods 
of less than three months, and thus involve a very limited interest rate risk. 

Cash and cash equivalents refers to bank balances and investments that can 
be readily converted into cash for a known amount and with a duration of no 
more than three months from the date of acquisition, which also means that the 
interest rate risk is negligible. Cash and cash equivalents are placed on deposit 
with banks or in current deposit accounts at banks. The average rate of interest 
on the Group’s financial assets in 2009 was around 1.5 per cent (3.3). 

Loan liabilities, accrued interest costs, unrealised translation losses and fair 
 values of derivatives are stated as financial liabilities. 

7 4

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

Items recognised at fair 
value via profit of the year

Loans valued 
at fair value

Derivatives

Derivatives 
with hedge  
accounting

Trade receiv­
ables and loan 
receivables

Available­ 
for­sale 
 assets

Other   
liabilities

Total  
carrying  
amount

Fair value

­

­        

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

-

­

394                

 ­ 

394

­

­

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

32

­

32

­

31

­

31

­

­

-

­

­ 

13

13

­

­

­

60

­

­

60

­

­

14

­

135

­

­

­

­

34

26

­

29

55

6

­

­

                       16

34

   23 

243

410

  653

­

­

­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

-  

­

­

126

126

­

­

­

95

­

­

95

­

­

144

­

1 056

­

­

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

-   

­

­

­

-

­                  

­                

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

-

26

32

29

87

6

65

26

32

29

87

6

65

         16

             16

88

88

243

243

      410

           410

653 

653

1 266

1  266

1 282

1 423

­

2 689

1 467

     146

567

­

161

2 260

4 602

1 817

139

3 223

1 825

139

3 247

1 467

1 467

146

567

155

161

2 260

 4 756

146

567

155

161

2 260

4 756

­ 

11

3 144

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

11

3 144

­

3 144

157

157

2 282

­    

2 282

1 191

2 282

1 191

Group 2008

Financial instruments included 
in net financial debt

non-current financial receivables

Deposits with credit institutions

Derivatives

Other financial receivables

Current financial receivables

Accrued interest

Derivatives

Other financial receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Current deposit of cash and cash equivalents

Bank balances

non-current liabilities 

MTN loans

Loans from banks and other  
credit institutions 

Derivatives

Current liabilities

Commercial paper programme 

Bank account liabilities

Current portion of long­term loans

Derivatives  

Accrued interest

Other current liabilities 

Financial instruments not included  
in net financial debt

Other shares and participating interests

Trade receivables

Derivatives (recognised among  
operating receivables)

Trade payables

Derivatives (recognised among operating liabilities)

Substantially, financial liabilities are interest bearing. The parent company’s liabi­
lities to Group companies include a significant amount of interest­free liabilities 
between Swedish wholly­owned Group companies.

Note 7 states the impact on profit from revaluation of these items; the effect of 
changed assumptions was immaterial. Other items measured at fair value belong 
to measurement level  2 as per IFRS 7.

Liabilities valued at fair value amount to SEK 573 million (598). The amount 
 repayable in respect of these liabilities is SEK 538 million. The maturity structure 
and average rate of interest for the Group’s liabilities are shown in note 2. A total 
of SEK 1 916 million of the parent company’s liabilities mature within one year. In 
addition to the financial assets and liabilities identified above, pension liabilities 
(see note 18) are also included in net financial debt.

The loan measured at fair value using the fair value option and its related swaps 
comes under measurement level 3 as per IFRS 7, because interest payments and 
loan repayments partly depend on inflation assumptions for the current year. 

The fair value in the tables above has either been taken directly from listed market 
prices or by calculating the discounted cash flows. In cases where the latter met­
hod is used, all variables used in the calculation, such as discount rates and ex­
change rates, are taken from market listings. The difference between fair value 
and carrying amount arises because certain liabilities are not valued at fair value 
in the balance sheet, but are stated at their amortised cost. In the case of trade 
receivables and trade payables the carrying amount is used as the fair value, as 
this is judged to be an accurate reflection of the fair value. When it has not been 
possible to determine a reliable fair value for shares and participating interests, 
they have been excluded from the tables.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

7 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items recognised at fair 
value via profit of the year

Loans valued 
at fair value

Derivatives

Derivatives 
with hedge  
accounting

Trade receiv­
ables and loan 
receivables

Available­  
for­sale 
 assets

Other   
liabilities

Total  
carrying  
amount

Fair value

-

­

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

-

­

-

-

­

51

­

­

51

-

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

19

­

­

­

19

­

­

2

­

50

-

­

-

-

­

­

­

­

-

-

­

­

­

37

37

­

­

­

22

­

­

­

22

­

­

190

­

248

-

­

2 602

27

2 629

6

­

­

17

23

-

88

88

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

1 988

­

­

­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

9

­

­

­

­

-

-

-

­

­

­

­

­

-

­

-

-

2 602

27

2 629

6

51

­

17

74

-

88

88

­

­

2 602

27

2 629

6

51

-

17

74

­

88

88

2 183

2 183

2 205

1 240

2 193

­

5 615

945

249

619

­

54

­

7

1 240

2 193

37

5 652

945

249

619

41

54

­

7

1 240

2 193

37

5 675

945

249

619

41

54

-

7

1 875

1 916

1 916

­

­

­

9

1 988

­

1 988

192

192

1 489

1 489

1 489

­

298

298

n o t e S

Parent company 2009

Financial instruments included 
in net financial debt

non-current financial receivables

Deposits with credit institutions

Derivatives

Receivables from Group companies

Other financial receivables

Current financial receivables

Accrued interest

Derivatives

Receivables from Group companies

Other financial receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Current deposit of cash and cash  
equivalents

Bank balances

non-current liabilities 

MTN loans

Loans from banks and other  
credit institutions 

Liabilities to Group companies

Derivatives

Current liabilities

Commercial paper programme 

Bank account liabilities

Current portion of long­term loans

Derivatives

Accrued interest

Liabilities to Group companies

Other current liabilities 

Financial instruments not included  
in net financial debt

Other shares and participating interests

Trade receivables

Derivatives (recognised among  
operating receivables)

Trade payables

Derivatives (recognised among  
operating liabilities)

7 6

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

Items recognised at fair 
value via profit of the year

Loans valued 
at fair value

Derivatives

Derivatives 
with hedge  
accounting

Trade receiv­
ables and loan 
receivables

Available­  
for­sale 
 assets

Other   
liabilities

Total  
carrying  
amount

Fair value

Parent company 2008

Financial instruments included 
in net financial debt

non-current financial receivables

Deposits with credit institutions

Derivatives

Receivables from Group companies

Other financial receivables

Current financial receivables

Accrued interest

Derivatives

Receivables from Group companies

Other financial receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Current deposit of cash and cash  
equivalents

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

­

-

­

Bank balances

          ­

non-current liabilities 

MTN loans

Loans from banks and other  
credit institutions 

Liabilities to Group companies

Derivatives

Current liabilities

Commercial paper programme  

Bank account liabilities

Current portion of long­term loans

Derivatives

Accrued interest

Liabilities to Group companies

Other current liabilities 

Financial instruments not included  
in net financial debt

Other shares and participating interests

Trade receivables

Derivatives (recognised among  
operating receivables)

Trade payables

Derivatives (recognised among  
operating liabilities)

-

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

32

­

­

32

­

65

­

­

65

­

        ­

-

­

­

­

13

13

­

­

­

154

­

­

­

154

­

­

33

­

­

­

­

          ­

-

­

­

­

   ­                   

-

­

              ­

-

­

­

­

          126

126

­

­

­

1

­

­

1

­

­

105

­

 137

1 098

­

­

2 663

27

2 690

6

­

  ­  

 16

    23

226

     316

542

­

­

­

-

­

    ­

-

­

­

­

       ­

       ­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

-

-

 ­          

2 343

­

­

­

11

­

­

­

­

          ­

        ­

              ­

­

­

­

             ­

-

­

­

­

­

­

­

   ­                                                                         

-

­

­

­

­

32

2 663

27

2 722

6

65

­

­

32

2 663

27

2 722

6

65

­                      

    ­

        ­   

          16

              16

-

­

        ­

-

88

88

226 

226

       316

           316

542

542

1 262

1 262

1 282

1 404

3 660

­

6 325

1 404

3 660

139

6 464

1 412

3 660

    139

6 493

1 467

1 467

1 467

143

567

­

125

­

2 255

4 558

­

­

­

143

567

155

125

­

2 255

4 713

143

567

155

125

­

    2 255

4 713

11

2 343

­

2 343

138

138

1 738

1 738

1 738

­

1 235

1 235

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

7 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

note 15 Inventories

Group, SeKm

Total trade receivables

Group

Parent company

Of which overdue > 15 days *

2009

2008

2009

2008

Of which overdue > 30 days **

2009

2 712

120

92

2008

3 144

144

88

Raw materials and consumables

Timber and pulpwood

830

211

885

297

Finished products and work in progress

1 081

1 454

577

737

534

182

756

541

534

237 

1 118

684

 *  incl. overdue > 30 days.
 **  excl. bad debts/provisions recognised in profit/loss.

note 17 equity 

Felling rights

Electricity certificates and  
emission rights

total

152

62

129

56

2 850

3 434

2 142

2 629

Share capital

The year’s impairment losses on inventories adversely affecting profit for the year 
amount to SEK 70 million (26) for the Group and to SEK 40 million (28) for the 
 parent company. In 2009, emission rights were reclassified from intangible non­
current assets to inventories.

note 16 operating receivables

Parent company

Registrered share capital

Class A

Class B

total number of shares

Bought back class B shares

31 Dec 2009  
Quotient 
value

Number

50

50

22 623 234

62 132 928

84 756 162

­760 000

SEKm

1 131.2

3 106.6

4 237.8

Trade receivables

   Group companies

   Associates

   Other 

total trade receivables

Current receivables

   Group companies

   Associates

   Other 

Derivatives

Prepayments and  
accrued income

total other operating receivables

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

­

46

­

64

2 666

2 712

3 080

3 144

114

46

1 828

1 988

162

64

2 118

2 343

­

9

160

225

96

490

­

5

220

157

166

548

0

5

113

192

72

383

­

5

143

138

135

421

total operating receivables

3 202

3 692

2 371

2 764

Trade receivables are stated after deduction of anticipated and actual credit 
 losses. The Holmen Paper business area’s trade receivables correspond to 
58 per cent of the Group’s total trade receivables, while those of Iggesund 
Paperboard account for 27 per cent. The Group’s trade receivables mainly relate 
to European customers. Trade receivables denominated in foreign currencies are 
valued at closing rates. The fair values of derivatives relate to hedges for future 
cash flows. 

Customer credit risk. The risk that the Group’s customers will not fulfil their pay­
ment obligations is limited by means of credit worthiness checks, internal credit 
limits per customer and, in some cases, by insuring trade receivables against 
credit losses. At 31 December 2009 some 50 per cent (54) of the Group’s trade 
receivables were insured against credit losses. Holmen’s exposure to individual 
customers is limited and in 2009 sales to the five largest customers accounted 
for just under 11 per cent of the Group’s total turnover.

During the year, losses on trade receivables had a negative SEK 14 million (nega­
tive: 1) impact on earnings.The provision for anticipated credit losses on trade re­
ceivables amounted to SEK 21 million (13) at 31 December 2009 and it has been 
recognised net together with trade receivables. During the year the provision was 
reduced by SEK 0 million (­22) as a result of actual credit losses, and was in­
creased by SEK 8 million (2) as a result of changes in the provision for anticipated 
credit losses. 

At 31 December 2009 trade receivables of SEK 120 million (144) had been due 
for payment for more than 15 days, excluding trade receivables for which provi­
sions had been made. The maturity structure of these items is shown in the next 
table:

total number of shares outstanding

83 996 162

Issued call options, B shares

758 300

Share capital

Parent company

Registrered share capital

Class A

Class B

total number of shares

Bought back class B shares

31 Dec 2008 
Quotient 
value

Number

50

50

22 623 234

62 132 928

84 756 162

­760 000

SEKm

1 131.2 

3 106.6

4 327.8

total number of shares outstanding

83 996 162

Issued call options, B shares

758 300

The company’s share capital consists of shares issued in two classes, class A, 
each of which carries ten votes, and class B, each of which carries one vote, but 
there are no other differences in rights between the two share classes. 

At 31 December 2009 the Group’s own shareholding was 760 000 shares  
(760 000). None of the Group’s own shares were sold during the year. 

The Board proposes that the AGM, to be held on 24 March 2010, approves a 
 dividend of SEK 7 per share. The proposed dividend totals SEK 588 million. The 
preceding year, the dividend paid was SEK 9 per share (SEK 756 million). 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value according to Chapter 4 Section 14a of 
the Swedish Annual Accounts Act had a negative impact of SEK 132 million (1 294) 
on parent company equity. In the Group, valuation of derivatives and other financial 
instruments had a negative  impact of SEK 96 million (1 291) on equity.

Holmen’s profitability target is a return that is consistently above the market­ 
based cost of capital. Decisions on ordinary dividend are based on an appraisal 
of the Group’s profitability, future investment plans and financial position. The aim 
is to have a robust financial position with a debt/equity ratio in the interval of 0.3–
0.8. Neither the parent company nor the subsidiaries are subject to external capi­
tal requirements, except for Holmen Försäkring AB, the Group’s insurance com­
pany that insures Group companies internally, which complies with the Swedish 
Financial Supervisory Authority’s regulations on the ratio between equity and 
risk. For more details about the Group’s capital management, see the administra­
tion report on pages 46 and 48.

7 8

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

note 18 Pension provisions

Holmen has defined benefit occupational pension plans for its salaried employ-
ees in Sweden (ITP plan) and for most of its employees in the UK. These plans 
provide benefits based on final salary and period of employment. The scheme in 
the UK has been closed for new entrants since the end of June 2004. Since then, 
new employees have been offered a defined contribution pension scheme. 
Occupational pension plans for “blue-collar” employees in Sweden are defined 
contribution plans.

The commitments arising out of the pension schemes in the UK are placed in 
trusts. The defined benefit commitments over and above the ITP plan for Group 
management in Sweden are secured by means of a pension fund. These commit-
ments are recognised in the consolidated accounts as defined benefit plans in 
accordance with IAS 19. Most of the defined benefit pension commitments on 
behalf of salaried employees in Sweden are secured by means of insurance poli-
cies with Alecta. As Alecta cannot provide sufficient information to permit the ITP 
plan to be stated in the accounts as a defined benefit plan it is stated in accor-
dance with statement UFR 6 of the Swedish Financial Reporting Board as a de-
fined contribution plan. The year’s premiums for pension insurance policies taken 
out with Alecta amounted to SEK 37 million (24), of which SEK 35 million (22) 
 relates to old age and family pensions. These are included among staff costs in 
the income statement. Alecta’s surplus can be allocated to policyholders and/or 
the persons insured. At the end of 2009, Alecta’s collective consolidation level 
was 141 per cent (112). 

Of the Group’s total commitments, SEK 53 million (68) refers to those that are not 
funded, while the rest are wholly or partially funded commitments. Of the parent 
company’s commitments, SEK 43 million (58) are secured under the act on safe-
guarding pension obligations, Tryggandelagen.

Plan assets by type are as shown below:

Plan assets

Equity

Bonds

Current fixed income investments

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

611

691

84

457

617

125

52

85

0

35

89

1

1 385

1 199

137

125

The plan assets do not include any financial instruments issued by Group  
companies or assets used by the Group.

Key actuarial assumptions, Group 
(weighted average), %

Discount rate

Expected return on plan assets

Pay increases in the future

Inflation in the future

2009 
31 Dec

2008 
31 Dec

5.5

5.5

4.2

3.4

5.4

4.9

3.9

2.9

Pension costs

Defined benefit plans

  Staff cost

  Finance income

  Finance costs

Total defined benefit plans  
stated in income statement

Defined contribution plans

  Staff cost

total recognised in income statement

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

The expected return on fixed income securities was estimated on the basis of 
highly rated long-term bonds; in the case of shares, a risk premium was added.

-17

0

-28

-20

2

-7

-45

-25

7

0

-3

4

-10

-

-1

-11

-145

-190

-104

-129

-132

-128

-92

-103

A discount rate of 4.2 per cent (4.0) and salary levels at the balance sheet date 
were used for calculating the amount of the parent company’s pension 
commitment.

Five-year figures, Group

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

Present value of commitments

-1 706

-1 553

-1 769

-1 866

-1 818

Fair value of plan assets

Net

1 385

-320

1 199

1 521

1 510

1 400

-354 

-247

-356

-418

Adjustments based  
on experience

  Defined benefit  commitments

  Plan assets

-11

131

-3

-237

4

-6

15

32

The Group’s payments into the funded defined benefit plans in 2010 are 
 expected to amount to SEK 51 million.

The year’s actuarial adjustment for the Group was SEK 15 million (-169), in-
cluding the cost of associated special employer’s contribution of SEK 2 million 
(7), which was recognised in other comprehensive income. The accumulated 
 actuarial revaluation amounts to a cost of SEK 113 million (128).

The change in the defined benefit commitments and the change in plan assets 
are specified in the table below. Most of the commitments relate to the pension 
plans in the UK.

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

Commitments

Commitments at 1 January

-1  553

-1 769

-189

-183

Cost of employment during current period

Interest costs

Actuarial gains/losses

Premiums paid by employees

Pensions paid

Transferred from provisions

Settlements

Exchange differences

-21

-87

-118

-7

105

-13

4

-16

-20

-88

75

-7

89

-36

6

198

-6

-3

-

-

31

-13

-

-

0

-1

-

-

24

-36

6

-

Commitments at 31 December

-1 706

-1 553

-180

-189

Plan assets

Fair value of assets at 1 January

1 199

1 521

125

135

Expected return

Actuarial gains/losses

Real return (parent company)

Premiums paid by employer

Premiums paid by employees

Pensions paid

Exchange differences

Fair value of assets at 31 December

Pension provisions, net

59

131

-

53

7

-74

11

1 385

-320

83

-237

-

54

7

-63

-167

1 199

-354

-

-

19

-

-

-8

-

137

-43

-

-

10

-

-

-

-

125

-64

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

7 9

 
 
 
 
n o t e S

note 19 other provisions

Group

Carrying amount at start of year

Provisions during the period

Utilised during the period 

Translation differences

Closing carrying amount

Of which non-current part of the provisions

Of which current part of the provisions

Parent company

Carrying amount at start of year

Provisions during the period

Utilised during the period

Closing carrying amount

Of which non-current part of the provisions

Of which current part of the provisions

Provisions  
for taxes

Silviculture  
provision

Other  
provisions

2009

2008

2009

2008

2009

2008

2009

692

-

-

-

692

692

-

45

-

-

45

45

-

426

267

-

-

692

692

-

45

-

-

45

45

-

153

100

-93

-

161

71

90

153

100

-93

161

71

90

141

101

-88

-

153

54

99

141

101

-88

153

54

99

511

145

-132

-3

522

338

184

496

30

-128

398

269

129

193

391

-74

0

511

333

178

46

522

-72

496

320

177

1 357

246

-224

-3

1 375

1 102

274

695

130

-221

604

386

218

Total

2008

759

759

-162

0

1 357

1 080

277

231

623

-160

695

419

275

Holmen has made a provision of SEK 692 million to cover disputes and uncer-
tainties relating to taxes. Holmen has one large tax case still in progress, affecting 
MoDo Capital, a Holmen subsidiary. In January 2010, the County Administrative 
Court did not rule in favour of the company, resulting in tax expense estimated at 
a total of about SEK 640 million. The provision for taxes covers this expense; it is 
thus not anticipated that the expense will affect the Group’s earnings. Holmen 
will appeal against the judgment to the Administrative Court of Appeal. 

The silviculture provision relates to a provision to cover coming reforestation 
 measures to be taken after completion of final harvesting. The measures are 
 normally carried out within three years after harvesting.

Other provisions primarily relate to obligations to restore the environment, as well 
as staff costs and restructuring costs. In 2009 production ceased on 
Workington’s BM1 board machine, and major staff cuts were initiated at Braviken 
Paper Mill. In 2008, operations ceased at Wargön Mill, and production was dis-
continued on the PM 2 machine and the line for recovered paper at Hallsta Paper 
Mill. By the end of 2009, provisions of SEK 254 million had been made to cover 
the costs of these restructuring measures.

note 20 operating liabilities

note 21 operating leases

Group

Parent company

2009

2008

2009

2008

In 2009, the Group’s lease payments amounted to SEK 25 million (23), and the 
parent company’s to SEK 9 million (12). The Group’s lease agreements relate to 
forklift trucks. No new lease agreements of any significance for the business were 
entered into during the 2009 financial year. No leased equipment was rented out.

The breakdown of future lease payments is as follows: 

Group

Parent company

2011 
–2015

2010

2016–

2010

2011 
–2015

2016–

Future lease payments

Present value of future lease 
payments

21

21

19

18

-

-

8

7

0

0

-

-

The contracts have remaining durations ranging from 1 to 5 years. The Group’s 
future lease payments for existing lease agreements amounted to SEK 33 million 
at the end of 2008. Those in the parent company amounted to SEK 6 million.

Apart from lease agreements, Holmen has time charter contracts in respect of 
five ships that are used to distribute the company’s products. The contracts were 
entered into in 2006 and 2008 and run for a remaining 1 to 7 years.

Trade payables 

   Group companies

   Associates

   Other

total trade payables  

Current liabilities 

   Associates

   Other

Derivatives

Accruals and deferred income

-

39

-

62

1 872

1 911

2 220

2 282

129

0

1 360

1 489

-

253

258

637

2

237

1 191

727

-

203

298

429

930

136

-

1 602

1 738

2

193

1 235

509

1 938

total other operating liabilities

1 149

2 157

total operating liabilities 

3 060

4 439

2 419

3 676

All trade payables are due for payment within one year.

Accruals and deferred income in the parent company mainly consists of staff 
costs of SEK 207 million (225) and discounts of SEK 46 million (60).

Fair values of derivatives relate substantially to hedging of future cash flows; see 
notes 2 and 14.

8 0

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
n o t e S

 note 22  Pledged collateral and contingent liabilities

Pledged collateral value

Contingent liabilities 

2009

2008

2009

2008

Property 
mortgages

Other 
collateral

Total 
 pledged 
collateral

Total 
pledged 
 collateral

2009

2008

Surety on behalf of Group companies

Other contingent liabilities

total

-

140

140

-

671

671

602

86

688

444

321

766

Group

Parent company

Group

For own liabilities 

   Financial liabilities

total

Parent company

For own liabilities

   Financial liabilities

total

6

6

6

6

15

15

-

0

21

21

6

6

25

25

6

6

The parent company’s surety on behalf of Group companies relates mainly to 
 surety for loans in the subsidiary Holmen Energi Elhandel AB. 

On the basis of the Swedish Environmental Code, the Swedish environmental 
authorities may raise the issue of soil tests and site restoration at discontinued 
units. Responsibility for restoring the environment is determined from case to 
case, often with the aid of a reasonability assessment. Holmen has environment- 
related contingent liabilities that cannot at present be quantified, but that could 
involve costs in the future.

note 23 Related parties

Of the parent company’s net sales of SEK 13 436 million (14 382), 0.8 (0.9) per cent 
relates to deliveries to Group companies. The parent company’s purchases from 
Group companies amounted to SEK 143 million.

There are significant financial receivables and liabilities between the parent 
company and its Swedish subsidiaries, which do not carry interest.

The parent company has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries 
(see note 24).

L E Lundbergföretagen AB is a large shareholder in Holmen (see page 29). Holmen 
rents office premises for SEK 7 million (7) from Fastighets AB L E Lundberg, which 
is a group company within L E Lundbergföretagen AB. In 2009, Fredrik Lundberg, 
who is CEO and principal shareholder in L E Lundbergföretagen, received a fee of 
SEK 550 000 as Board chairman of Holmen.

Transactions with related parties are priced at market-based conditions. The equity 
holdings in associates that produce hydro and wind power entitle the Group to buy 
the electricity produced at cost price in relation to the shareholding, which means 
that the associate only earns a limited profit. Purchased electricity is sold to exter-
nal customers at market price, and the earnings are stated in the consolidated 
 accounts within the Holmen Energi business area.

In Spain, energy and recovered paper are purchased from associates. 

transactions with related parties

Group

Associates

Parent company

Subsidiaries

Associates

Sale of products 
to related parties

Purchase of products 
from related parties

Other (e.g. 
interest, dividend)

Liability to 
related parties

Receivable from 
related parties

2009

220

103

220

2008

190

134

190

2009

273

143

0

2008

384

291

-

2009

1

1 146

1

2008

1

2009

39

2008

64

41

1

2 322

3 813

0

2

2009

194

2 716

87

2008

104

2 842

104

For fees and remuneration paid to members of the Board see note 5.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

8 1

 
n o t e S

note 24 Interests in Group companies

Parent company

Accumulated acquisition cost 

Carrying amount at start of year

Purchases

Shareholder contribution 

Sales

Closing balance at 31 December 

Accumulated revaluations

Carrying amount at start of year

Closing balance at 31 December 

Accumulated impairment losses

Carrying amount at start of year

Impairment losses for the year

Closing balance at 31 December 

Closing carrying amount

2009

2008

17 426

17 397

-

323

-1 073

208

228

-407

16 676

17 426

2 299

2 299

2 299

2 299

4 222

4 222

436

-

4 658

4 222

14 318

15 503

The parent company’s impairment losses on participating interests in Group 
companies are recognised in the income statement in the line item Impairment 
losses on financial non-current assets, and refer to holdings in Swedish 
subsidiaries.

Several mergers took place within the Group during the year, aiming to simplify 
the company’s structure in Sweden; Iggesund Kraft AB, Junkaravan AB and 
MoDo Holding AB were merged with Holmen Energi Elhandel AB.  
In conjunction with the mergers, Holmen AB transferred its shares in the  
relevant subsidiaries to Holmen Energi Elhandel AB, reported in the line item 
Sales (negative: SEK 1 073 million). The transfer took place at the carrying 
amount.

Parent company’s direct holdings of interests in subsidiaries

Corporate 
ID No.

Registered  
office

No. of shares

Interest, %*

 Carrying amount  
SEK thousands

Interest, %*

 Carrying amount  
SEK thousands

2009

2008

Holmen Paper AB

556005-6383

Norrköping

Iggesund Paperboard AB

556088-5294

Hudiksvall

Holmen Timber AB

Holmen Skog AB

Holmen Energi AB

Fiskeby AB

556099-0672

Hudiksvall

556220-0658

Örnsköldsvik

556524-8456

Örnsköldsvik

556000-9218

Norrköping

Holmen Energi Elhandel AB

556537-4286

Stockholm

Holmens Bruk AB

556002-0264

Norrköping

Holmen Försäkring AB

516406-0062

Stockholm

AB Iggesunds Bruk

Iggesund Kraft AB

Junkaravan AB

MoDo Capital AB

MoDo Holding AB

556000-8053

Hudiksvall

556422-0902

Örnsköldsvik

556227-3630

Örnsköldsvik

556499-1668

Stockholm

556537-6281

Örnsköldsvik

Skärnäs Terminal AB

556008-3171

Hudiksvall

Other Swedish Group companies

total Swedish holdings

Holmen France Holding S.A.S., France

   Iggesund Decoupe France, S.A., France **

Holmen UK Ltd, UK

   Holmen Paper UK Ltd **

   Iggesund Paperboard (Workington) Ltd **

Holmen GmbH, Germany

Holmen Suecia Holding S.L., Spain

   Holmen Paper Madrid S.L. **

      Cartón y Papel Reciclado S.A. (Carpa), Spain **

Paris

Valence

Workington

London

Workington

Hamburg

Madrid

Madrid

Madrid

100

1 000

1 000

1 000

1 000

2 000 000

1 000

49 514 201

10 000

6 002 500

-

-

1 000

-

4 800

40 000

-

1 197 100

-

-

9 448 557

-

-

Iggesund Paperboard Asia Pte Ltd, Singapore

Singapore

800 000

Iggesund Paperboard Europe B.V., the Netherlands

Amsterdam

      Iggesund (Paper & Board) Services B.V. **

AS Holmen Mets, Estonia

Other non-Swedish Group companies

total non-Swedish holdings

total

Utrecht

Tallinn

35

-

500

* Percentage of shares and percentage of votes for the total number of shares are the same.
** Indirect holding.

8 2

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

-

-

100

-

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

83

100

646 160

100

4 286 121

45  304

3 932 558

-

-

71 552

-

2 913

3 211

8 988 402

5 192

-

1 518 959

-

-

655

3 577 265

-

-

4 273

207 733

-

-

15 029

5 329 106

14 317 508

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

83

100

646 160

100

4 286 121

45 175

3 932 558

61 361

549 125

96 588

462 372

2 913

90 836

10 173 793

5 192

-

1 518 959

-

-

 655

3 577 265

-

-

4 273

207 733

-

-

15 122

5 329 199

15 502 992

 
 
 
note 25 Untaxed reserves

Parent company

2009 Appropriations

31 Dec 

Accumulated depreciation and 
amortisation in excess of plan

Intangible non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

total

tax allocation reserve

Assessment of tax 2004

Assessment of tax 2005

Assessment of tax 2006

Assessment of tax 2007

Assessment of tax 2008

Assessment of tax 2009

Assessment of tax 2010

total

4

9

13

0

0

520

490

570

55

715

2 350

2 363

0

5

5

-518

-590

715

-393

-388

31 Dec 
 2008

4

4

8

518

590

520

490

570

55

2 743

2 751

note 26 Cash flow statement

Group

Parent company

Interest paid and dividends received

2009

2008

Dividends received

Interest received

Interest paid

total

-

7

-287

-280

-

14

-335

-320

2009

1 156

19

-272

903

2008

15

87

-331

-229

Change in current liabilities
The change in current liabilities mostly relates to borrowing within the Group’s 
commercial paper programme and to utilisation of the Group’s long-term  
committed credit facility. In 2009, a number of different short-term loans amount-
ing in total to SEK 8 760 million (9 327) were raised within the Group’s commer-
cial paper programme, and SEK 9 295 million (11 398) was repaid. Several dif-
ferent short-term loans amounting in total to SEK 1 880 million (2 702) were 
 raised in 2009 within the Group’s long-term credit facility, and SEK 4 131 million 
(516) were repaid.  

For a specification of cash and cash equivalents see Note 14.

note 27 Key assessments and estimates

When preparing financial reports the company’s management is required to 
make assessments and estimates that have an effect on the stated amounts. The 
assessments and estimates that, in the view of the company’s management, are 
of importance for the amounts stated in the annual report, and for which there is a 
significant risk that future events and new information could alter these assess-
ments and estimates, mainly include: 

Biological assets 
Holmen’s assessment is that no relevant market prices are available that can be 
used to value forest holdings as extensive as Holmen’s. The valuation is therefore 
made by calculating the present value of future expected cash flows from the 
growing forests. The most material estimates made relate to how much harvest-
ing can be increased in the future, what changes there will be in pulpwood and 
timber prices, how high inflation will be, and what discount rate is used. Note 12 
 provides a sensitivity analysis for the valuation of changes in these estimates. 
The carrying amount of biological assets at 31 December 2009 was  
SEK 11 109 million and the attributable deferred tax liability SEK 2 922 million,  
to give a net value of SEK 8 187 million.

n o t e S

tax
Holmen has one large tax case still in progress, affecting MoDo Capital, a Holmen 
subsidiary. In January 2010, the County Administrative Court did not rule in 
favour of the company, resulting in tax expense estimated to total SEK 640 million. 
The provision for taxes covers this expense; it is thus not anticipated that it will 
have any impact on the Group’s earnings. Holmen will appeal against the judg-
ment to the Administrative Court of Appeal. See notes 8, 19 and 22.

Net deferred tax assets of SEK 307 million are recgonised in the consolidated  
accounts on the basis of the assessment that it will probably be possible to utilise 
them to reduce tax payments in the future. Over and above this , at year-end the 
Group had loss carry-forwards and fiscal temporary differences corresponding to 
tax of some SEK 570 million not stated in the consolidated accounts on the 
grounds for assessment that utilisation must be likely. See note 8. 

Pensions
The Group’s provision for pensions amounts to SEK 320 million on the basis of 
defined benefit pension commitments valued at SEK 1 706 million and plan 
assets of SEK 1 385 million provided to cover them. The value of pension com-
mitments is estimated on the basis of assumptions regarding discount rates,  
inflation, future pay increases, and demographic factors. These assumptions are 
normally updated each year, which has an effect on the size of the recognised 
pension liability and equity. Together with assumptions regarding the expected 
return on plan assets, these assumptions will have an influence on the coming 
year’s recognised pension cost. See note 18.

environment
Provisions have been made to cover environmentally-related measures associ-
ated with former activities based on estimated future site-restoration costs. 
Moreover it is judged that the company has a responsbility for environ mental  
measures that cannot at present be quantified but that could involve costs in the 
future. See note 22.

Restructuring
In 2009 production ceased on Workington’s BM 1 board machine, and major staff 
cuts were initiated at Braviken Paper Mill. In 2008, operations ceased at Wargön 
Mill, and production was discontinued on the PM 2 paper machine and the line 
for recovered paper at Hallsta Paper Mill. By the end of 2009, provisions of   
SEK 254 million had been made to cover the costs of these restructuring meas-
ures. The uncertainty regarding the amount of the provision relates primarily to 
the cost of restoring the mill site and how much income will be received from the 
sale of machinery. Restructuring costs normally arise as a consequence of 
 changes in the business. The Group makes minor changes on an ongoing basis, 
and costs associated with these are not normally specified separately. No major 
changes have been announced, but, should the situation alter, further provisions 
may become necessary.

Impairment testing 
Holmen has an obligation to carry out regular impairment testing to determine 
the need to state new impairment losses and/or reversals. In 2007 impairment 
losses of SEK 1 603 million were recognised on goodwill and property, plant and 
equipment within the Holmen Paper business area. This impairment was based 
on estimates of recoverable amounts using assumptions regarding future 
 changes in prices, volumes and costs, as well as the estimated market cost of 
capital. Changes in conditions may have an effect on the estimated recoverable 
amount applied in connection with future impairment tests. Uncertainty about 
trends in the demand for and price of newsprint is greater than usual.

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

8 3

 
P r oPo s e d   t r e a t m e n t   o f   u n aP Pr oPr i a t e d   e a r n i n g s

Proposed treatment  
of unappropriated earnings

The following unappropriated earnings of the parent company are at 
the disposal of the Annual General Meeting:  
Net profit for the 2009 financial year 
Retained earnings brought forward 

The Board of Directors propose that
an ordinary dividend of SEK 7 per share (83 996 162 shares) be paid to shareholders 
and that the remaining amount be carried forward  

 SEK
  1 664 178 896
3 112 287 430
4 776 466 326

587 973 134
4 188 493 192
4 776 466 326

The Board of Holmen AB has proposed that the 2010 Annual General Meeting resolves in favour of paying a dividend of SEK 7 per share, a total of 
SEK 588 million, which is a reduction of SEK 2 per share compared to the previous year.

The proposed dividend means that 4 per cent of the Group’s equity at 31 December 2009 will be paid out by way of dividend. The proposal complies with the 
Board’s policy, in that decisions on dividend are to be based on an appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future investment plans and financial position. The 
proposed dividend corresponds to 58 per cent of the net profit for 2009.

The Board has established that the Group shall have a strong financial position with a debt/equity ratio – defined as net financial debt in relation to equity – in 
the interval between 0.3 and 0.8. The debt/equity ratio at 31 December 2009 was 0.34. Payment of the proposed dividend would raise the debt/equity  ratio by 
around 0.05. 

Holmen AB’s equity at 31 December 2009 amounted to SEK 10 691 million, of which non-restricted equity was SEK 4 776 million. The Group’s equity on the 
same date amounted to SEK 16 504 million. Complying with IFRS, no distinction is made at Group level between restricted and non-restricted  equity.

The Board considers that payment of a dividend of the amount proposed is justifiable in view of the demands made on the company and the Group by the na-
ture, extent and risks associated with the business in terms of the amount of equity required, and taking into account the need for consolidation, liquidity and 
financial position in other respects. The financial position will remain strong after payment of the proposed dividend and is considered to be fully adequate to 
 enable the company to fulfil its obligations in both the short and the long term, as well as to finance such investments as may be necessary. 

The Board and CEO declare that the annual report was prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Sweden and the Group’s fi-
nancial statements were prepared in accordance with the international accounting standards referred to in the European Parliament’s and Council’s regulation 
(EG) No. 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002 concerning the application of international accounting standards. The annual report and the Group’s financial statements 
provide a true and fair picture of the performance and financial position of the parent company and the Group. The administration report for the parent compa-
ny and the Group provides a true and fair picture of the development of the operations, financial position and performance of the Group and the parent com-
pany and also describes material risks and uncertainties to which the parent company and the other companies in the Group are exposed.

The annual report and the Group’s financial statements were approved for publication by the Board in its decision of 22 February 2010. The Group’s income 
statement and balance sheet and the parent company’s income statement and balance sheet will be presented for adoption at the Annual General Meeting 
that will be held on 24 March 2010.

Stockholm, 22 February 2010

fredrik Lundberg 
Chairman 

Kenneth Johansson 
Board member 

Carl Bennet 

Board member 

Carl Kempe 

Deputy chairman 

steewe Björklundh 

Curt Källströmer 

Board member 

Board member 

ulf Lundahl
Board member

göran Lundin

Board member

Karin norin

Board member

Lilian fossum 
Board member 

Hans Larsson 
Board member  

magnus Hall 
Board member and  
Chief Executive Officer 

Our audit report was submitted on 24 February 2010. 

 KPMG AB

george Pettersson 
Authorised public accountant

8 4

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
                    
 
 
 
au d i t   rePo r t

Audit report 

To the Annual General Meeting of the shareholders in Holmen Aktiebolag.
Corporate identity No. 556001-3301

We have audited the annual report, the Group’s financial statements, the accounting records and the administration of the Board of Directors and the CEO of 
Holmen AB for the year 2009. The annual report and the Group’s financial statements are included in the printed version of this document on pages 42–84. 
The Board of Directors and the CEO have responsibility for these accounts and the administration of the company as well as for the application of the Swedish 
Annual Accounts Act when preparing the annual report and the application of international financial reporting standards IFRS as adopted by the EU and the 
Swedish Annual Accounts Act when preparing the Group’s financial statements. Our responsibility is to express our opinion on the annual report, the Group’s 
financial statements and the administration on the basis of our audit. 

We carried out our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden. Those standards require that we plan and perform the  audit to 
obtain reasonable but not absolute assurance that the annual report and the Group’s financial statements are free from material misstatement. An audit inclu-
des examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the accounts. An audit also includes assessing the  accounting principles 
used and their application by the Board of Directors and the CEO and significant estimates made by the Board of Directors and the CEO when preparing the 
annual report and the Group’s financial statements as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the information in the annual report and the Group’s finan-
cial statements. As a basis for our opinion concerning discharge from liability, we examined significant decisions,  actions taken and circumstances of the 
company in order to be able to determine the liability, if any, to the company of any Board member or the CEO. We also examined whether any board member 
or the CEO in any other way acted in contravention of the Swedish Companies Act, the Swedish Annual Accounts Act or the Articles of Association. We 
 believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion set out below. 

The annual report were prepared in accordance with the Swedish Annual Accounts Act and gives a true and fair view of the company’s financial position and 
the  result of its operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Sweden. The Group’s financial statements were prepared in accor-
dance with international financial reporting standards IFRS as adopted by the EU and the Swedish Annual Accounts Act and give a true and fair view of the 
Group’s financial position and the result of its operations. The administration report is consistent with the other parts of the annual report and the Group’s 
 financial statements. 

We recommend to the Annual General Meeting of shareholders that the income statements and balance sheets of the parent company and the Group be 
adopted, that the profit of the parent company be dealt with in accordance with the proposal in the administration report and that the members of the Board  
of Directors and the CEO be discharged from liability for the financial year.

Stockholm, 24 February 2010

KPMG AB

george Pettersson
Authorised public accountant

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

8 5

an n u aL  ge n e r aL  me e t i n g

Annual General Meeting

dividend

The Board has proposed that a dividend of  
SEK 7 (9) per share be paid to shareholders. The 
Board has proposed Monday 29 March 2010 
as the record date for entitlement to dividend. 
Provided the Annual General Meeting resolves 
in favour of the proposal, the dividend is 
expected to be distributed by Euroclear Sweden 
on Thursday 1 April 2010. Shareholders are 
requested to inform their account operator of 
any change of name and/or address.

annual report

The Annual Report for 2009 will be posted in 
the week starting 8 March to shareholders who 
have indicated their wish to receive it in this 
way. New shareholders will be informed in 
connection with the distribution of the share-
holder magazine Holmen Business Report, 
how to order and cancel printed and electroni-
cally transmitted financial information via the 
website under Shareholder service. 

sustainability report

Holmen and its World 2009 will be published 
at the same time as the Annual Report and will 
describe Holmen’s holistic approach to the 
environment, social responsibility and financial 
development. The complete sustainability 
report for 2009 is available on the website.  
The report will be posted in the week starting 
15 March to shareholders who have indicated 
their wish to receive it in this way.

availability and languages

The financial information and Holmen and its 
World 2009 are available on the website in 
both English and Swedish. Holmen and its 
World is also available in Spanish.

All material is available on the website, 
where you can also place orders and start 
 subscriptions. You can also do this via:

The 2010 Annual General Meeting of  
Holmen AB will be held at “Vinterträdgården”, 
Grand Hôtel (the Royal entrance), Stockholm, 
at 4.00 p.m. CET on Wednesday 24 March.

Participation in
annual general meeting

Shareholders who wish to participate in the 
Annual General Meeting shall be entered in the 
register of shareholders maintained by Euro-
clear Sweden AB no later than Thursday 18 
March 2010, and shall notify the company by 
no later than Thursday 18 March 2010 at:

Holmen AB
Group Legal Affairs
P.O. Box 5407
SE-114 84 Stockholm
Sweden

Notification may also be made via the compa-
ny’s website www.holmen.com or by telephone 
+46 8 666 21 11 or by fax +46 660 759 78. 

Shareholders whose shares are registered in 
a nominee name should temporarily re-register 
their shares in their own name with Euroclear 
Sweden so that this takes effect no later than 
Thursday 18 March 2010 to be entitled to 
 participate in the Annual General Meeting.

Holmen AB
Group Public Relations
P.O.Box 5407
SE- 114 84 Stockholm
Sweden
Phone +46 8 666 21 00
Fax +46 8 666 21 30
e-mail: info@holmen.com

8 6

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

Information 

two reports for 2009

Holmen’s shareholders are the main target reader-
ship for the annual report, which is published in 
both English and Swedish. It is posted in the week 
starting 8 March to shareholders who have indi-
cated their wish to receive it in this way. In addition 
to its annual report Holmen also publishes a sepa-
rate sustainability report entitled Holmen and its 
World. This is written for a broad readership, 
including customers, employees, school pupils and 
local residents where Holmen has large facilities. 
The sustainability report is published in Swe-
dish and English in connection with the Annual 
General Meeting. A Spanish version is published in 
May. The annual report and the sustainability 
report are avaliable at and can be ordered from 
Holmen’s website.

  i n f o r m a t i o n  

online press 
 conferences

The interim and year-end 
reports are presented at 
press and teleconferences 
in English. The conferences 
can also be accessed live on 
Holmen’s website. 

Holmen Business 
report

The interim reports are presen-
ted in our shareholder maga-
zine Holmen Business Report, 
which is published along with 
the quarterly reports.
The magazine also includes 
the CEO’s comments, news 
and articles on current Holmen 
events. Holmen Business 
Report can be ordered via 
Holmen’s website  
www.holmen.com and it is 
published in Swedish and 
English.

Website

You can follow Holmen’s progress throughout 
the year by visiting the company’s website:  
www.holmen.com

New information was added during 2009, 
primarily based on the needs and interests of 
shareholders and investors. Extensive historic 
data, such as the price trend of the Holmen share 
over the years and dividend history, are available 
under the headings Investors and share holders, 

The share. Shareholders can also easily calculate 
the return that they have received on their own 
shareholding. The website gives visitors access  
to analysis tools for the income statements of the 
Group and its business areas. The cash flow 
 statement and key indicators are also presented. 
Additionally, you can read about the Group’s 
financing, ratings and maturity structure of 
loans and get access to press releases, printed 
matter and other published information.

reporting schedule

For 2010 Holmen will publish the following financial reports:
Interim report, January–March  
Interim report, January–June 
Interim report, January–September  
Year-end report for 2010  

6 may
11 august
26 october
2 february  2011

For 2011 Holmen will publish the following financial reports:
Interim report, January–March  
Interim report, January–June 
Interim report, January–September 

6 may
17 august
26 october

Annual General Meeting 2011 

30 march 

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

8 7

de f i n i t i o n s   a n d   gLo s s a r y

Definitions and glossary

definitions

Capital employed 

Cash flow after 
investments  

debt/equity ratio 

earnings per share (ePs) 

equity/assets ratio 

financial assets 

net financial debt 

 Operating capital reduced by the net 
sum of deferred tax assets and deferred 
tax liabilities. Average values are calcu-
lated on the basis of quarterly data.

glossary

Biofuel/biorefining 

diP/de-inked Pulp 

Cash flow from operating activities, less 
cash flow from investing activities.

fBB/folding Box Board 

 Net financial debt divided by the sum  
of equity and minority interests, if any. 

fsC 

 Profit for the year divided by the 
weighted average number of shares 
outstanding, adjusted for buy-back of 
shares, if any, during the year. Diluted 
EPS means that any diluting effect from 
outstanding call options has been taken 
into account.

 Equity plus minority interests, if any, 
 expressed as a percentage of total 
 assets.

 Non-current and current financial 
receivables and cash and cash 
 equivalents.

 Non-current and current financial 
 liabil ities and pension provisions, less 
financial assets.

items affecting comparability 

 See the ten-year review on page 40.

operating capital 

operating margin 

return on capital employed 

return on equity 

return on operating capital 

 Total assets, less financial receiv ables, 
cash and cash equivalents, deferred 
tax assets, operating liabilities, tax 
provision and other provisions. Average 
values are calculated on the basis of 
quarterly data.

 Operating profit/loss (excl. items 
 affecting comparability) expressed as  
a percentage of net sales.

 Operating profit/loss (excl. items 
 affecting comparability and transferred 
operations) expressed as a percentage 
of the average capital employed.

 Profit for the year, expressed as a 
percentage of the average equity 
 calculated on the basis of quarterly 
data.

 Operating profit/loss (excl. items 
 affecting comparability and transferred 
operations)  expressed as a percentage 
of the average  operating capital.

8 8

H O L M E N     A N N U A L   R E P O R T     2 0 0 9

 Renewable fuels, such as wood (including 
liquors, bark and crude tall oil). 

 Pulp manufactured from de-inked 
 recovered paper.

 Multi-layered paperboard made from  
mechanical and chemical pulp. 

 Forest Stewardship Council. An inter-
national forest certification system to 
promote use of the world’s forests in ways 
that are acceptable according to three 
sets of criteria: environmental, social and 
economic.

 Mechanical pulp produced by grinding 
wood against a grindstone.

 Lightweight coated wood-containing 
 paper. Mainly used for magazines, 
 manuals and directories.

groundwood pulp 

LWC/Light Weight Coated 

mf special/machine finished 

 Includes standard and coloured 
 newsprint. 

mWC/medium Weight Coated   Medium weight coated wood-containing 

PefC 

paper. Used for magazines, manuals, 
 directories and advertising print. 

 Programme of the Endorsement of  Forest 
Certification schemes. An international 
forest certification system. In Sweden 
the PEFC and FSC standards are broadly 
identical.

rmP/refiner mechanical Pulp   Pulp produced from the refining of chips 

sBB/solid bleached board 

sC/super Calender 

sulphate pulp 

with or without chemical or thermal 
 treatment.

 Multi-layer paperboard made from 
bleached chemical pulp. 

 Super calendered paper. Uncoated, 
glazed magazine paper. 

 Chemical pulp that is produced by 
 cooking wood under high pressure and 
at a high temperature together with white 
liquor (sodium hydroxide and sodium 
 sulphide).

tmP/thermo-mechanical 

 Obtained by heating spruce chips and 
then grinding them in refiners.

Virgin fibre board 

 Paperboard produced from fibre that has 
not previously been used to make paper-
board or paper, in contrast to recycled 
fibre/recovered fibre. 

Addresses

Holmen AB 
Head office
(Strandvägen 1)
P.O. Box 5407
SE-114 84  STOCKHOLM
SWEDEN
Tel +46 8 666 21 00
Fax +46 8 666 21 30
E-mail info@holmen.com
www.holmen.com

Holmen Paper AB
(Vattengränden 2)
SE-601 88  NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 63 04

Iggesund Paperboard AB
SE-825 80  IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 288 00
E-mail info@iggesund.com

Holmen Timber AB
P.O. Box 45
SE-825 21  IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 203 80
E-mail info@holmentimber.com

Holmen Skog AB
(Hörneborgsvägen 6)
SE-891 80  ÖRNSKÖLDSVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 660 754 00
Fax +46 660 759 85
E-mail info@holmenskog.com

Iggesunds Bruk (Mill)
SE-825 80  IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 285 32
E-mail info@iggesund.com

Workington Mill
WORKINGTON Cumbria
CA14 1JX
UK
Tel +44 1900 601000
Fax +44 1900 605000
E-mail info@iggesund.com

Holmen Paper Hallsta 
SE-763 81  HALLSTAVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 175 260 00
Fax +46 175 264 01

Holmen Paper Braviken
SE-601 88  NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 66 30

Holmen Paper Madrid
Parque Industrial 
La Cantueña
C/del Papel 1
ES-28947 FUENLABRADA  
(Madrid)
SPAIN
Tel +34 91 642 0603
Fax +34 91 642 2470

Holmen Energi AB 
(Hörneborgsvägen 6)
SE-891 80  ÖRNSKÖLDSVIK
SWEDEN
Tel +46 660 754 00
Fax +46 660 755 10
E-mail info@holmenenergi.com

Iggesunds Sågverk (Sawmill)
P.O. Box 45
SE-825 21  IGGESUND
SWEDEN
Tel +46 650 280 00
Fax +46 650 284 48
E-mail info@holmentimber.com

Bravikens Sågverk (Sawmill)
SE-601 88 NORRKÖPING
SWEDEN
Tel +46 11 23 50 00
Fax +46 11 23 62 19
E-mail info@holmentimber.com

The complete list of addresses is  
available on Holmen’s website  
www.holmen.com

The cover of the annual report is printed on Iggesund Paperboard’s solid bleached board, Invercote® Creato 280 gsm.  
It is embossed and UV-varnished.

The annual report is produced by Holmen. 
Graphic production: Gylling Produktion
Layout: AD Reklambyrå and Energi Reklambyrå

Photos: Rolf Andersson and others
Print: Trosa Tryckeri
Translation: Translator Scandinavia AB

Contents

CEO’s message _____________ 1

Administration report    ______44

Annual General Meeting  ____86

The year in brief______________ 2

Income statement __________52

Information _________________ 87

Holmen in brief  ______________ 4

Business concept,  
strategy and goals ___________ 6

Statement of  
comprehensive income  ____52

Balance sheet  ______________53

Definitions and glossary _____88

Addresses

Holmen in 90 seconds

Holmen Paper ______________ 12

Changes in equity  __________54 

Iggesund Paperboard _______ 16

Cash flow statement    ______55

Holmen Timber _____________20

Parent company ____________56

Holmen Skog _______________22

Notes  ______________________58

Proposed treatment of  
unappropriated earnings ____84

Audit report _________________85

Holmen Energi ______________24

Production and  
raw  materials _______________26

The share and shareholders  28

Corporate governance  
report   _____________________ 3 1

Board of directors  __________36

Group management ________38

Quarterly figures ____________39

Ten-year review  ____________40

Holmen in 90 seconds 

Operations

Strategy

Holmen’s business concept is to develop and run profitable business 

within three product-oriented business areas for printing paper, paper-

board and sawn timber as well as two raw-material-oriented business 

areas for forests and energy. Europe is the key market.
  The business area Holmen Paper manufactures printing paper for 
daily newspapers, magazines, directories/manuals, advertising matter 
and books at two Swedish mills and one Spanish mill. Iggesund 
Paperboard produces paperboard for consumer packaging and 
graphics printing at one Swedish and one UK mill. Holmen Timber 
produces sawn timber in one Swedish sawmill. Annual production 

capacity is 1 940 000 tonnes of printing paper, 530 000 tonnes of 

paperboard and 340 000 cubic metres of sawn timber.
  Holmen Skog manages the Group’s just over one million hectares 
of forests. The annual volume of wood harvested in company forests is 
some 2.5 million cubic metres. Holmen Energi is responsible for the 
Group’s hydro power assets and for developing the Group’s business 

U C T - ORIE

N

T

E

D

D

O

R

P

T E R I A L-ORIE

A

N

T

E

D

W- M

A
R

Printing
paper

Grow 
and
develop
our five 
business
areas

Forests
& wood

Electric
power &
energy

Quality, productivity 
and cost focus

Key market is Europe

Profitable operations and 
strong financial position 

Committed in leadership 
and skilled workforce 

Sustainable business 
activities

Share price

Paperboard

Sawn timber

Financial targets  

within the energy sector. Normal yearly production amounts to about 

Holmen’s profitability shall consistently exceed the market cost  

1 100 GWh of electricity at wholly and partly owned hydro power sta-

of capital. The company’s financial position shall be strong with a 

tions in Sweden. Holmen Skog and Holmen Energi are also responsi-

debt/equity ratio in the interval of 0.3–0.8. Decisions on dividends 

ble for the Group’s wood and electricity procurement in Sweden; these 

are based on an appraisal of the Group’s profitability, future invest-

are important input goods for the industrial operations.

ment plans and financial position.

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005

Profitability

SEKm 
Income statement
Net sales 
Operating costs 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Interest in associates 
Items affecting comparability 

Operating profit 
Net financial items 

Profit before tax 
Tax 

Profit for the year 

18 071  19 334  19 159  18 592  16 319
-15 175  -16 630  -15 548  -14 954  -13 205
-1 167
-1 337 
20
12 
-
557 

-1 346 
11 
- 

-1 320 
45 
- 

-1 343 
50 
-361 

1 620 
-255 

1 365 
-360 

1 006 

1 051 
-311 

740 
-98 

642 

2 843 
-261 

2 582 
-1 077 

2 303 
-247 

2 056 
-597 

1 967
-233

1 734
-478

1 505 

1 459 

1 256

Operating profit by business area
Holmen Paper 
Iggesund Paperboard 
Holmen Timber 
Holmen Skog 
Holmen Energi 
Group central 
Items affecting comparability 

340 
419 
21 
605 
414 
-178 
- 

280 
320 
13 
632 
327 
-159 
-361 

623 
599 
146 
702 
272 
-56 
557 

754 
752 
80 
643 
197 
-123 
- 

631
626
13
537
301
-141
-

Group 

1 620 

1 051 

2 843 

2 303 

1 967

Cash flow
Operating activities 
Investing activities 

Cash flow after investments 

Key indicators
Return, % 
    capital employed* 
    equity 
Debt/equity ratio, times 

The share
Earnings per share, SEK 
Ordinary dividend, SEK  
Closing listed price, B, SEK 
P/E ratio 
EV/EBIT* 

  * Excl. items affecting comparability
 ** Proposal of the Board

2 873 
-818 

2 054 

1 660 
-1 124 

2 476 
-1 315 

2 358 
-947 

2 471
-3 029

536 

1 161 

1 411 

-558

7.2 
6.4 
0.34 

12.0 
7** 
183 
15 
13 

6.1 
3.9 
0.48 

7.6 
9 
193.5 
25 
17 

10.0 
9.2 
0.35 

17.8 
12 
240 
13 
12 

10.0 
9.0 
0.36 

17.2 
12 
298 
17 
14 

9.0
8.0
0.41

14.8
11
262.5
18
15

%

15

10

5

0

SEK

375

325

275

225

175

125

05

06

07

08

09

Return on capital employed
Excl. items affecting comparability
Required return (before tax)

Share price and total return, Holmen B

05

06

07

08

09

Share price

Total return

Source: Reuters EcoWin

n Major shareholders 
L E Lundbergföretagen 
Kempe Foundations 
Handelsbanken incl. pension fund 
Silchester International Investors 
Alecta 
Other 

% of capital 
28.0 
7.0 
3.1 
10.9 
3.2 
47.8 

100.0 

26.8 

% of votes
52.0
16.9
9.1
3.2
0.9
17.9

100.0

8.0

Holmen AB (publ.) • P.O. Box 5407 • SE-114 84 STOCKOLM • SWEDEN 

Total* 

Tel +46 8 666 21 00 • Fax +46 8 666 21 30 • E-mail info@holmen.com • www.holmen.com 

* of which non-Swedish shareholders 

Corporate identity 556001-3301 • Registered office Stockholm

A
n
n
u
a

l

r
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
0
9

Annual report 2009